Firebird 3.0.5 Release Notes
Helen Borrie (Collator/Editor)
4 January 2020 - Document v.0305-03 - for Firebird 3.0.5 Release
Firebird 3.0.5 Release Notes
4 January 2020 - Document v.0305-03 - for Firebird 3.0.5 Release
Helen Borrie (Collator/Editor)
iv
Table of Contents
1. General Notes .................................................................................................................................... 1
Sub-release V.3.0.5 ........................................................................................................................ 1
V.3.0.5 Improvements ............................................................................................................ 1
Sub-release V.3.0.4 ........................................................................................................................ 2
V.3.0.4 Improvements ............................................................................................................ 2
Sub-release V.3.0.3 ........................................................................................................................ 3
V.3.0.3 Improvements ............................................................................................................ 3
Sub-release V.3.0.2 ........................................................................................................................ 5
New Feature .......................................................................................................................... 6
Improvements ........................................................................................................................ 6
Sub-release V.3.0.1 ........................................................................................................................ 7
Bug Reporting ............................................................................................................................... 8
Documentation ............................................................................................................................... 9
2. New In Firebird 3.0 ......................................................................................................................... 10
Sub-Releases ................................................................................................................................ 10
Summary of Features ................................................................................................................... 10
Compatibility with Older Versions ................................................................................................ 12
3. Changes in the Firebird Engine ......................................................................................................... 13
Remodelled Architecture .............................................................................................................. 13
Server Modes ....................................................................................................................... 14
Providers .............................................................................................................................. 14
Connection String and Protocols ........................................................................................... 17
Plug-Ins ............................................................................................................................... 20
External Engines .................................................................................................................. 25
Optimizer Improvements .............................................................................................................. 28
Other Optimizations ..................................................................................................................... 28
Remote Interface/Network Protocol ............................................................................................... 28
Miscellaneous Improvements ........................................................................................................ 29
Connections Limit Raised ..................................................................................................... 29
Better Error Diagnosis .......................................................................................................... 29
ICU Version Upgraded ......................................................................................................... 29
Internal Debug Info Made Human-readable ........................................................................... 29
A Silly Message is Replaced ................................................................................................ 29
New Pseudocolumn RDB$RECORD_VERSION ................................................................... 29
systemd init Scripts .............................................................................................................. 30
Firebird 3.0.4: Better Reporting on Dynamic Library Loading Errors ....................................... 30
4. Changes to the Firebird API and ODS .............................................................................................. 31
ODS (On-Disk Structure) Changes ................................................................................................ 31
New ODS Number ............................................................................................................... 31
Implementation ID is Deprecated .......................................................................................... 32
Maximum Database Size ...................................................................................................... 32
Maximum Page Size ............................................................................................................ 32
Maximum Number of Page Buffers in Cache ......................................................................... 32
Extension of Transaction ID Space Limit .............................................................................. 33
Limits Raised for Attachment and Statement IDs ................................................................... 33
System Tables ...................................................................................................................... 33
Application Programming Interfaces ............................................................................................. 35
Interfaces and the New Object-oriented API .......................................................................... 35
Firebird 3.0.5 Release Notes
v
Other New APIs .................................................................................................................. 38
API Improvements ............................................................................................................... 38
5. Reserved Words and Changes ........................................................................................................... 46
New Keywords in Firebird 3.0 ...................................................................................................... 46
6. Configuration Additions and Changes ............................................................................................... 47
Scope of Parameters ..................................................................................................................... 47
Macro Substitution ....................................................................................................................... 47
Includes ....................................................................................................................................... 48
Wildcards ............................................................................................................................. 48
Expression of Parameter Values .................................................................................................... 49
“Per-database” Configuration ........................................................................................................ 49
Format of Configuration Entries ............................................................................................ 49
Parameters Available ............................................................................................................ 49
New Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 50
SecurityDatabase .................................................................................................................. 50
AuthServer and AuthClient ................................................................................................... 50
WireCrypt ............................................................................................................................ 51
UserManager ........................................................................................................................ 51
TracePlugin .......................................................................................................................... 51
WireCryptPlugin .................................................................................................................. 51
KeyHolderPlugin .................................................................................................................. 52
Providers .............................................................................................................................. 52
ServerMode ......................................................................................................................... 52
RemoteAccess ...................................................................................................................... 52
WireCompression ................................................................................................................. 52
IPv6V6Only ......................................................................................................................... 53
Parameters Changed or Enhanced ................................................................................................. 54
ExternalFileAccess ............................................................................................................... 54
Parameters Removed or Deprecated .............................................................................................. 54
RootDirectory ...................................................................................................................... 54
LegacyHash ......................................................................................................................... 54
OldSetClauseSemantics ........................................................................................................ 55
OldColumnNaming ............................................................................................................... 55
LockGrantOrder ................................................................................................................... 55
Obsolete Windows priority settings ....................................................................................... 55
7. Security ........................................................................................................................................... 56
Location of User Lists .................................................................................................................. 56
Creating an Alternative Security Database ............................................................................. 56
Database Encryption ..................................................................................................................... 57
Secret Key ........................................................................................................................... 57
Encryption Tasks .................................................................................................................. 57
New Authentication Method in Firebird 3 ..................................................................................... 58
SSL/TLS Support ................................................................................................................. 59
Increased Password Length ................................................................................................... 59
The Authentication Plug-in ................................................................................................... 59
Multiple User Managers ....................................................................................................... 60
V. 3.0.4 SRP Security Patch ................................................................................................. 61
"Over the wire" Connection Encryption ......................................................................................... 62
The Secret Session Key ........................................................................................................ 62
Mapping of Users to Objects ........................................................................................................ 62
The Mapping Rule ............................................................................................................... 63
Syntax for MAPPING Objects .............................................................................................. 64
Firebird 3.0.5 Release Notes
vi
Legacy Mapping Rule .......................................................................................................... 66
International Character Sets for User Accounts .............................................................................. 66
Conditions for Non-ASCII Logins ......................................................................................... 67
SQL Features for Managing Access .............................................................................................. 68
SQL-driven User Management .............................................................................................. 68
SET ROLE .......................................................................................................................... 70
GRANT/REVOKE Rights GRANTED BY Specified User ..................................................... 72
REVOKE ALL ON ALL ...................................................................................................... 72
User Privileges for Metadata Changes ................................................................................... 73
GRANT EXECUTE Privileges for UDFs .............................................................................. 74
Improvement for Recursive Stored Procedures ....................................................................... 74
Privileges to Protect Other Metadata Objects ......................................................................... 75
Pseudo-Tables with List of Users .................................................................................................. 75
Restriction on DROP ROLE (v.3.0.1) ........................................................................................... 76
8. Data Definition Language (DDL) ...................................................................................................... 77
Quick Links ................................................................................................................................. 77
DDL Enhancements ..................................................................................................................... 77
New Data Types .................................................................................................................. 77
Manage Nullability in Domains and Columns ........................................................................ 80
Modify Generators (Sequences) ............................................................................................ 81
Alter the Default Character Set ............................................................................................. 81
BLOB Expressions in Computed Columns ............................................................................ 82
“Linger” Database Closure for Superserver ............................................................................ 82
Option to Preserve Shadow File ............................................................................................ 83
New SQL for Managing Users and Access Privileges ............................................................. 83
9. Data Manipulation Language (DML) ................................................................................................. 85
Quick Links ................................................................................................................................. 85
Supplemental SQL 2008 Features for MERGE .............................................................................. 85
Window (Analytical) Functions ..................................................................................................... 87
Aggregate Functions Used as Window Functions ................................................................... 87
Partitioning .......................................................................................................................... 88
Ordering .............................................................................................................................. 89
Exclusive window functions ................................................................................................. 89
Advanced Plan Output .................................................................................................................. 91
Advanced PLAN Output in isql ............................................................................................ 92
Internal Functions ......................................................................................................................... 92
SUBSTRING with Regular Expressions ................................................................................ 92
Inverse Hyperbolic Trigonometric Functions .......................................................................... 92
Statistical Functions ............................................................................................................. 93
TRIM() BLOB Arguments Lose 32 KB limit ......................................................................... 96
String Literal Limit Adjustments ........................................................................................... 96
Enhancements to DATEADD() Internal Function ................................................................... 96
DML Improvements ..................................................................................................................... 97
Alternatives for Embedding Quotes in String Literals ............................................................. 97
SQL:2008-Compliant OFFSET and FETCH Clauses .............................................................. 97
Prohibit Edgy Mixing of Implicit/Explicit Joins ..................................................................... 98
Support for Left-side Parameters in WHERE Clause .............................................................. 99
Enhancements to the RETURNING Clause ........................................................................... 99
Cursor Stability .................................................................................................................. 100
An Improvement for GTTs ................................................................................................. 100
An Improvement for DML Strings ...................................................................................... 100
COUNT() Now Returns BIGINT ........................................................................................ 101
Firebird 3.0.5 Release Notes
vii
Optimizations ..................................................................................................................... 101
Dialect 1 Interface .............................................................................................................. 102
Embedded SQL (ESQL) Enhancements ............................................................................... 102
Context Variables ............................................................................................................... 102
10. Procedural SQL (PSQL) ............................................................................................................... 104
Quick Links ............................................................................................................................... 104
PSQL Stored Functions .............................................................................................................. 104
PSQL Sub-routines ..................................................................................................................... 105
Packages .................................................................................................................................... 106
Signatures .......................................................................................................................... 107
Packaging Syntax ............................................................................................................... 107
Simple Packaging Example ................................................................................................. 108
DDL triggers .............................................................................................................................. 109
Permissions ........................................................................................................................ 111
Support in Utilities ............................................................................................................. 111
DDL_TRIGGER Context Namespace .................................................................................. 111
Scrollable (Bi-directional) Cursor Support ................................................................................... 115
Cursor Syntax for PSQL ..................................................................................................... 115
Exceptions with parameters ......................................................................................................... 116
CONTINUE in Looping Logic .................................................................................................... 117
PSQL Cursor Stabilization .......................................................................................................... 117
Extension of Colon Prefix Usage ................................................................................................ 118
PSQL Cursors as Variables ................................................................................................. 118
Colon Prefix as a Variable Marker ...................................................................................... 119
SQLSTATE in Exception Handlers ............................................................................................. 120
EXECUTE BLOCK Run-time Errors .......................................................................................... 121
PSQL Body Size Limit Raised .................................................................................................... 121
11. Monitoring & Command-line Utilities ........................................................................................... 122
Monitoring ................................................................................................................................. 122
Tracing ...................................................................................................................................... 122
gbak ........................................................................................................................................... 122
New “Skip Data” Backup Option ........................................................................................ 122
Long Names for Log Files .................................................................................................. 123
Run-time Statistics in Verbose Output ................................................................................. 123
New Return Code ............................................................................................................... 125
gsec ........................................................................................................................................... 125
isql ............................................................................................................................................ 125
SET EXPLAIN Extensions for Viewing Detailed Plans ........................................................ 125
Metadata Extract ................................................................................................................ 125
Path to INPUT Files ........................................................................................................... 126
Command Buffer Size Increase ........................................................................................... 126
Deterministic Label for Stored Functions ............................................................................. 126
fb_lock_print .............................................................................................................................. 126
Input Arguments ................................................................................................................. 126
Useability Improvements .................................................................................................... 126
gfix ............................................................................................................................................ 127
-NoLinger Switch ............................................................................................................... 127
Improvements to Validation Messages ................................................................................. 127
Other Tweaks ............................................................................................................................. 127
All Command-line Utilities ................................................................................................. 127
Hard-coded Messages Replaced .......................................................................................... 127
Arbitrary Switch Syntax Clean-up ....................................................................................... 128
Firebird 3.0.5 Release Notes
viii
12. Compatibility Issues ..................................................................................................................... 129
Where Are the Tools? ................................................................................................................ 129
Other Windows Changes ............................................................................................................ 129
aliases.conf Is No More .............................................................................................................. 129
Embedded Connections ............................................................................................................... 129
Initializing the Security Database ................................................................................................ 130
Initialization Steps .............................................................................................................. 130
Additional Notes About Security Databases ......................................................................... 131
Legacy Authentication ................................................................................................................ 131
Upgrading a v.2.x Security Database ........................................................................................... 132
Steps .................................................................................................................................. 133
Local Connections to Superserver on Windows ............................................................................ 133
Configuration Parameters ............................................................................................................ 134
System Tables are Now Read-only .............................................................................................. 134
SQL Language Changes ............................................................................................................. 134
Support for Mixed-Syntax Joins is Gone ............................................................................. 135
Enforcement of Length Limit for Local Alias and Variable Names ........................................ 135
Changes for User Names .................................................................................................... 135
Cursor Output Columns Must Be Named ............................................................................. 135
“Cursor Stability” Effects ................................................................................................... 136
Reserved Words ......................................................................................................................... 136
Trace Configuration Syntax ........................................................................................................ 136
Unexpected GDSCODE Errors .................................................................................................... 137
Remote Client Recognition ......................................................................................................... 137
13. Bugs Fixed ................................................................................................................................... 138
Firebird 3.0.5 Release: Bug Fixes ................................................................................................ 138
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 138
Server Crashes/Hang-ups .................................................................................................... 143
Builds ................................................................................................................................ 144
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 144
POSIX Only ....................................................................................................................... 145
MacOS Only ...................................................................................................................... 145
Windows Only ................................................................................................................... 145
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 146
Firebird 3.0.4 Release: Bug Fixes ................................................................................................ 147
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 147
Server Crashes/Hang-ups .................................................................................................... 152
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 153
Builds ................................................................................................................................ 153
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 154
Firebird 3.0.3 Release: Bug Fixes ................................................................................................ 156
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 156
Server Crashes/Hang-ups .................................................................................................... 160
Builds ................................................................................................................................ 161
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 161
POSIX Only ....................................................................................................................... 162
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 162
Firebird 3.0.2 Release: Bug Fixes ................................................................................................ 164
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 164
Server Crashes/Hang-ups .................................................................................................... 167
Builds ................................................................................................................................ 168
API .................................................................................................................................... 168
Firebird 3.0.5 Release Notes
ix
POSIX Only ....................................................................................................................... 168
Windows Only ................................................................................................................... 169
Firebird 3.0.1 Release: Bug Fixes ................................................................................................ 169
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 169
Server Crashes ................................................................................................................... 173
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 173
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 173
Builds ................................................................................................................................ 175
POSIX-Specific .................................................................................................................. 175
Firebird 3.0.0 Release: Bug Fixes ................................................................................................ 176
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 176
Server Crashes ................................................................................................................... 178
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 178
Builds ................................................................................................................................ 179
Firebird 3.0 Release Candidate 2: Bug Fixes and Minor Improvements .......................................... 180
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 181
Server Crashes ................................................................................................................... 184
Database Encryption ........................................................................................................... 185
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 186
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 186
Builds and Installers ........................................................................................................... 187
Firebird 3.0 Release Candidate 1: Bug Fixes and Minor Improvements .......................................... 188
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 189
POSIX-Specific .................................................................................................................. 193
Windows-Specific ............................................................................................................... 194
Services API ...................................................................................................................... 194
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 194
Firebird 3.0 Second Beta Release: Bug Fixes ............................................................................... 195
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 196
Server Crashes ................................................................................................................... 203
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 204
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 205
Firebird 3.0 Second Beta Release: Improvements ......................................................................... 206
Firebird 3.0 First Beta Release .................................................................................................... 208
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 208
Server Crashes ................................................................................................................... 214
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 215
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 215
Firebird 3.0 Second Alpha Release .............................................................................................. 217
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 217
Server Crashes ................................................................................................................... 220
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 220
Security/User Management ................................................................................................. 221
Procedural Language .......................................................................................................... 221
Data Definition Language ................................................................................................... 222
Data Manipulation Language .............................................................................................. 222
Utilities .............................................................................................................................. 223
International Language Support ........................................................................................... 225
Installation Issues ............................................................................................................... 225
Firebird 3.0 First Alpha Release .................................................................................................. 225
Core Engine ....................................................................................................................... 225
API/Remote Interface ......................................................................................................... 230
Firebird 3.0.5 Release Notes
x
Procedural Language .......................................................................................................... 230
Data Definition Language ................................................................................................... 231
Data Manipulation Language & DSQL ................................................................................ 232
Command-line Utilities ....................................................................................................... 234
International Language Support ........................................................................................... 235
14. Firebird 3.0 Project Teams ............................................................................................................ 236
Appendix A: Licence Notice ............................................................................................................... 238
xi
List of Tables
3.1. Matrix of Server Modes ................................................................................................................. 14
6.1. Parameters available in databases.conf ............................................................................................ 50
11.1. Arguments for gbak STATISTICS Output ................................................................................... 123
14.1. Firebird Development Teams ...................................................................................................... 236
1
Chapter 1
General Notes
Thank you for choosing Firebird 3.0. We cordially invite you to test it hard against your expectations and engage
with us in identifying and fixing any bugs you might encounter.
If you are upgrading from a previous major release version, be sure to study Chapter 12, Compatibility Issues
before you attempt to do anything to your existing databases!
Sub-release V.3.0.5
Bugs reported and fixed prior to the v.3.0.5 release are listed HERE.
V.3.0.5 Improvements
(CORE-6072) Improved the engine providers compatibility across Firebird versions.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6004) Added a configuration switch to disable the "TCP Loopback Fast Path" option (Windows
only).
Implemented by KarloX2
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5948) Improved the WIN_SSPI plugin to produce keys for the WireCrypt plugin.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5928) Made it possible for the AuthClient plugin to access the authentication block from DPB.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5724) Added ability to use "install.sh -path /opt/my_path" without a need to install Firebird first
in the default folder.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
General Notes
2
(CORE-4462) Implemented option to restore compressed .nbk files without explicitly decompressing them.
Implemented by A. Peshkov, V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Sub-release V.3.0.4
Bugs reported and fixed prior to the v.3.0.4 release are listed HERE.
BLOB Vulnerability
Because of the way BLOBs are implemented in Firebird, it is possible for a knowledgeable user to gain unau-
thorised access to their contents by a brute force method without having the necessary privileges to access the
table containing them. Some work was done to ameliorate this risk in databases accessed by Firebird 3.0.4
or higher.
Security Patch for Srp Client Proof
See V. 3.0.4 SRP Security Patch in the Security chapter of these notes.
Minor ODS Change for Some Platforms
An incompatibility in the structure of the page storing generators was discovered between ODS 12.0 databases
from Windows and Linux-x64 and some others, including MacOSX. The fix resulted in a minor ODS change,
from 12.0 to 12.2, for some but not all platforms. This has certain implications for compatibility, so please
read these notes.
V.3.0.4 Improvements
(CORE-5913) Context variables WIRE_COMPRESSED and WIRE_ENCRYPTED were added to the SYSTEM
namespace to report compression and encryption status, respectively, of the current connection. See Context
Variables: v.3.0.4 for details.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5908) Enhanced reporting of errors when a dynamic library fails to load. For more information,
see Better Reporting on Dynamic Library Loading Errors.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5876) When an external function (UDF) causes an error of the type "Arithmetic exception, numeric
overflow, or string truncation", the error message will now include the name of the function.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
General Notes
3
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5860) The API now supports passing the DPB/spb item ***_auth_plugin_list from an
application to the client interface. More details.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5853) Two new context variables LOCALTIME and LOCALTIMESTAMP that are synonyms for
CURRENT_TIME and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, respectively. They can be used in Firebird 3.0.4 and later, for
forward-compatibility with Firebird 4. See Context Variables: v.3.0.4 for details.
Implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5746) The read-only restriction for system tables was relaxed to permit CREATE, ALTER and
DROP operations on their indexes.
Implemented by R. Abzalov, V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Sub-release V.3.0.3
Bugs reported and fixed prior to the v.3.0.3 release are listed HERE.
Security Alert
If you are using the database encryption feature, or plan to do so, it is essential to upgrade to this sub-release.
Refer to this report for details.
V.3.0.3 Improvements
(CORE-5727) Engine response has been improved on cancel/shutdown signals when scanning a long
list of pointer pages.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5712) The name of the encryption key is not top secret information. It can be read using the
gstat utility or service, for example. However, for working with that name from a program it was desirable to
access the key name using the API call Attachment::getInfo(). Hence, this facility is now provided via
the information item fb_info_crypt_key.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
General Notes
4
(CORE-5704) Some clauses of the ALTER DATABASE statement require updating of the single row in RDB
$DATABASE: SET DEFAULT CHARACTER SET, SET LINGER, DROP LINGER. Others, such as BEGIN|END
BACKUP, ENCRYPT, DECRYPT, et al., do not need to touch that record.
In previous versions, to prevent concurrent instances of ALTER DATABASE running in parallel transactions, the
engine would run an update on the RDB$DATABASE record regardless of the nature of clauses specified by
the user. Hence, any other transaction that read the RDB$DATABASE record in READ COMMITTED NO
RECORD VERSION mode would be blocked briefly, even by a “dummy update” that in fact did not update
the record.
In some cases, such as with an ALTER DATABASE END BACKUP the blockage could last 10 minutes or more.
A user would seem to be unable to connect to the database with isql, for example, while ALTER DATABASE
END BACKUP was running. In fact, isql would connect successfully, but it would read RDB$DATABASE
immediately after attaching, using a READ COMMITTED NO RECORD VERSION WAIT transaction and then just
wait until the work of ALTER DATABASE END BACKUP was committed.
From this sub-release forward, the update of the RDB$DATABASE record is avoided when possible and an
implicit lock is placed to prevent concurrent runs of the ALTER DATABASE statement.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5676) All queries that are semantically the same should have the same plan. However, until
now, the optimizer understood only an explicit reference inside an ORDER BY clause and would ignore sorts
derived from equivalent expressions. Now, it will consider equivalence classes for index navigation. Refer to
the Tracker ticket for an example.
Implemented by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5674) Common Table Expressions are now allowed to be left unused.
implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5660) Flushing a large number of dirty pages has been made faster.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5648) Measures have been taken to avoid serialization of isc_attach_database calls issued
by EXECUTE STATEMENT.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5629) Output from gstat now includes the date and time of analysis.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
General Notes
5
(CORE-5614) The merge stage of a physical backup stage could run too long, especially with huge page
cache. Changes have been made to reduce it.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5610) Message “Error during sweep: connection shutdown” now provides information about the
database that was being swept.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5602) Improvement in performance of ALTER DOMAIN when the domain has many dependencies.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5601) Compression details and encryption status of the connection (fb_info_conn_flags) have
been added to the getInfo() API call. For more information see notes in the API chapter.
(CORE-5543) Restoring a pre ODS 11.1 database now correctly populates RDB$RELATION_TYPE
field in the metadata.
implemented by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4913) Speed of backup with nBackup when directed to NAS over SMB protocol has been improved.
Implemented by J. Hejda & V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3295) The optimizer can now estimate the actual record compression ratio.
Implemented by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Sub-release V.3.0.2
Bugs reported and fixed prior to the v.3.0.2 release are listed HERE.
One important bug fix addresses a serious security vulnerability present in all preceding Firebird releases and
sub-releases.
Warning
The exploit is available to authenticated users only, somewhat limiting the risks. However, it is strongly rec-
ommended that any previous installation be upgraded to this one without delay.
General Notes
6
New Feature
(CORE-4563) Support was added for fast/low-latency “TCP Loopback Fast Path” functionality introduced
in Windows 8 and Server 2012.
This feature is said to improve the performance of the TCP stack for local loopback connections, by short-
circuiting the TCP stack for local calls. The details of the feature can be found in this Microsoft Technet blog.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
Improvements
The following improvements appear in this sub-release:
(CORE-5475) IMPROVEMENT: It is now possible to filter out info and warnings from the trace log.
implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5442) IMPROVEMENT: Enhanced control capability when sharing the database crypt key between
Superserver attachments.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5441) IMPROVEMENT: The physical numbers of frequently used data pages are now cached
to reduce the number of fetches of pointer pages.
implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5434) IMPROVEMENT: A read-only transaction will no longer force write the Header\TIP page
content to disk immediately after a change. This improvement gives a significant performance gain where there
are numerous light read-only transactions. At this stage, it affects only servers in SS mode. For CS and SC it is
more complex to implement and should appear in Firebird 4.0.
implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5374) IMPROVEMENT: The database name was made available to an encryption plug-in.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5332) IMPROVEMENT: libfbclient.so was compiled for Android (x86/x86-64/arm64).
implemented by M. A. Popa
General Notes
7
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5257) IMPROVEMENT: Nesting of keys in a plug-in configuration was enabled.
implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5204) IMPROVEMENT: The Linux code is now built with --enable-binreloc and an option
was included in the installer script to install in locations other than /opt/firebird.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4486) IMPROVEMENT: For Trace, a filter has been provided to INCLUDE / EXCLUDE errors
by their mnemonical names.
implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3885) IMPROVEMENT: Android port (arm32).
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3637) IMPROVEMENT: A port was done and tested for Linux on the ancient Motorola 680000
CPU platform to satisfy some requirement from Debian.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1095) IMPROVEMENT: Support has been added to enable SELECT expressions to be valid
operands for the BETWEEN predicate.
implemented by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Sub-release V.3.0.1
Bugs reported and fixed prior to the v.3.0.1 release are listed HERE.
The following improvements appear in this sub-release:
(CORE-5266) IMPROVEMENT: The statement CREATE OR ALTER USER SYSDBA PASSWORD
<password> can now be used to initialize an empty securityN.fdb security database.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
General Notes
8
(CORE-5257) IMPROVEMENT: Nesting of keys in a plug-in configuration was enabled.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5229) IMPROVEMENT: For URL-like connection strings on Windows, restriction of lookup
to IPv4 only was enabled.
implemented by Michal Kubecek
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5216) IMPROVEMENT: Line and column numbers (location context) are now provided for
runtime errors raised inside EXECUTE BLOCK.
implemented by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5205) IMPROVEMENT: A switch was added to build POSIX binaries with a built-in libtommath
library.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5201) IMPROVEMENT: gbak now returns a non-zero result code when restore fails on creating
and activating a deferred user index.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5167) IMPROVEMENT: Implicit conversion between Boolean and string is now done automati-
cally when a string for 'true' or 'false' is used as a value in an expression. Case-insensitive. Not valid when used
with a Boolean operator—IS, NOT, AND or OR; not available for UNKNOWN.
implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Bug Reporting
Bugs fixed since the release of v.3.0.0 are listed and described in the chapter entitled Bugs Fixed.
• If you think you have discovered a new bug in this release, please make a point of reading the instructions
for bug reporting in the article How to Report Bugs Effectively, at the Firebird Project website.
• If you think a bug fix hasn't worked, or has caused a regression, please locate the original bug report in the
Tracker, reopen it if necessary, and follow the instructions below.
Follow these guidelines as you attempt to analyse your bug:
General Notes
9
1. Write detailed bug reports, supplying the exact build number of your Firebird kit. Also provide details of
the OS platform. Include reproducible test data in your report and post it to our Tracker.
2. You are warmly encouraged to make yourself known as a field-tester of this pre-release by subscribing to
the field-testers' list and posting the best possible bug description you can.
3. If you want to start a discussion thread about a bug or an implementation, please do so by subscribing to the
firebird-devel list. In that forum you might also see feedback about any tracker ticket you post regarding
this Beta.
Documentation
You will find all of the README documents referred to in these notes—as well as many others not referred to
—in the doc sub-directory of your Firebird 3.0 installation.
--The Firebird Project
10
Chapter 2
New In Firebird 3.0
The primary goals for Firebird 3 were to unify the server architecture and to improve support for SMP and
multiple-core hardware platforms. Parallel objectives were to improve threading of engine processes and the
options for sharing page cache across thread and connection boundaries.
Alongside these aims came new strategies to improve performance, query optimization, monitoring and scal-
ability and to address the demand for more security options. A number of popular features were introduced
into the SQL language, including the long-awaited support for the Boolean data type and the associated logical
predications.
Sub-Releases
Details of improvements and links to bug fixes in sub-releases can be found in the General Notes chapter.
Summary of Features
The following list summarises the features and changes, with links to the chapters and topics where more detailed
information can be found.
Unification of the Firebird executable is complete
With the completion of true SMP support for Superserver, the Firebird core is now a unified library that
supports a single ODS, loadable either as an embedded engine or by the “network listener” executable.
Choice of server model is determined by settings for a new configuration parameter ServerMode, defining
the locking and cache modes. It is specified at global level in firebird.conf.
By default, ServerMode = Super (alias ThreadedDedicated), i.e., SuperServer.
Note
The previous aliases.conf is replaced by databases.conf, now including not just aliases for
databases but also (optionally) configuration parameters to enable configuration of databases and/or alter-
native security databases individually.
The changes are described in more detail in the chapter Changes in the Firebird Engine.
True SMP support for SuperServer
In Superserver mode, the engine now makes use of multiple CPUs and cores when spawning connections.
Tracker: CORE-775
Implemented by V. Khorsun
New, object-oriented C++ APIs
New In Firebird 3.0
11
Object-oriented C++ APIs enable external code routines to plug in and run safely inside Firebird engine
space, including (but not limited to):
• Encryption schemes for data
• User authentication schemes, including secure key exchange
• Eventually, plug-in support for stored procedures, triggers and functions written in Java, C++, Object-
Pascal, etc.
“Per-Database” Configuration
Custom configuration at database level can now be achieved with formal entries in databases.conf
(formerly aliases.conf).
Increased Limits in Several Areas
Transaction IDs, attachment IDs, statement IDs all have increased maximum values.Maximum number of
page buffers in cache is increased for 64-bit servers.Maximum database size is increased.For details, see
Chapter 4, Changes to the API and ODS.
Multiple Security Databases
Firebird now supports user access control via more than one security database on the server. Each database
can be configured, using the parameter SecurityDatabase in databases.conf, to use a specific database
other than the default security3.fdb. The user structures may even be defined within the user database
itself.
Note
The flag MON$SEC_DATABASE was added to the monitoring table MON$DATABASE to assist in
determining what type of security database is used—Default, Self or Other.
Several New SQL Commands to Manage Users and Access
Changes in architecture, stiffening of rules for security and data integrity, along with feature requests, have
given rise to a raft of new SQL commands for managing users and their access to objects.
International Characters in User Credentials
Provided the new authentication provisions are used, the system can accept user names and passwords con-
taining non-ASCII characters. See International Character Sets for User Accounts in the Security chapter.
New Data Type Support
A true BOOLEAN type (True/False/Unknown), complete with support for logical predicates, e.g.,
UPDATE ATABLE
SET MYBOOL = (COLUMN1 IS DISTINCT FROM COLUMN2)
For details, see BOOLEAN Type.
IDENTITY type, spawning unique identifiers for the defined column from an internal generator. For details,
see IDENTITY-Style Column.
Manage NULL/NOT NULL Column/Domain Attribute
The NOT NULL attribute on a column or domain can now be managed using the ALTER TABLE or ALTER
DOMAIN syntax, respectively. For details, see Manage Nullability in Domains and Columns.
New In Firebird 3.0
12
Support for SQL Packages
For details, refer to Packages.
DDL Triggers
Now, triggers can be written to execute when database objects are modified or deleted. A typical use is to
block unauthorised users from performing these tasks.
For details, refer to DDL Triggers.
'Window' functions in DML
A whole new series of analytical functions to work with multiple subsets in DML. See Window (Analytical)
Functions.
Statistical functions
A suite of statistical functions returning values for a variety of variance, standard deviation and linear re-
gression formulae. See Statistical Functions.
Scrollable Cursors
The query engine now supports bi-directional (“scrollable”) cursors, enabling both forward and backward
navigation in PSQL and in DSQL with support from the API. See Scrollable (Bi-directional) Cursor Support.
SQL:2008-Compliant OFFSET and FETCH Clauses
Support implemented for SQL-2008-compliant OFFSET and FETCH clauses as an alternative for {FIRST
and SKIP} or {ROWS and TO} clauses. See SQL:2008-Compliant OFFSET and FETCH Clauses.
IPv6 Support
Firebird 3 can use IPv6 connections on both client and server sides. See the notes for the new configuration
parameter IPv6V6Only.
Validation Whilst Database is On-line
On-line validation, first implemented in Firebird 2.5.4, has been ported forward to Firebird 3.0. See Perform
Some Validation Services On-line.
Run-time Statistics in gbak Verbose Output
Verbose output from gbak can now include run-time statistics, reporting times elapsed, page reads and page
writes. Also supported in the Services API.
Compatibility with Older Versions
A series of notes about compatibility with older Firebird versions is collated in Chapter 12, “Compatibility
Issues”. Included there are instructions for initializing the security database, if it was not done by your installer
kit, and for configuring the server for the legacy style of authentication.
13
Chapter 3
Changes in the
Firebird Engine
In Firebird 3, the remodelling of the architecture that was begun in v.2.5 was completed with the implementation
of full SMP support for the Superserver model. In the new scheme, it is possible to configure the execution
model individually per database.
Remodelled Architecture
Dmitry Yemanov
The remodelled architecture integrates the core engine for Classic/Superclassic, Superserver and embedded
models in a common binary. The cache and lock behaviours that distinguish the execution models are now
determined externally by the settings in the new configuration parameter ServerMode. The connection method
is determined by the order and content of another parameter, Providers and the connection protocol that is
deduced at run-time from the connection string supplied when a client requests an attachment.
The parameters for configuring the architecture are specified globally (in firebird.conf). Providers can
be overridden specifically for a database (in databases.conf).
Note
databases.conf is the old aliases.conf from previous versions, with a new name. In Firebird 3, the role
of this file involves (potentially) much more than being just a lookup for database file paths. For more details
about what can be configured at database level, refer to the chapter Configuration Additions and Changes.
Changes in the Firebird Engine
14
Server Modes
Table 3.1. Matrix of Server Modes
ServerMode Synonym Resource Model Provider[s]
Super ThreadedDedicated
Database is opened exclusively by a single
server process. User attachments are pro-
cessed by threads launched from the com-
mon pool and all share a single database
page cache inside the process. This is the
installation default.
Remote,
Engine12
1
,
Loopback
Superclassic ThreadedShared
Databases are opened by a single server
process, but access is not exclusive: an em-
bedded process can open the same database
concurrently. User attachments are pro-
cessed by threads launched from the com-
mon pool, each having its own database
page cache.
Remote,
Engine12,
Loopback
Classic MultiProcess
A separate process is started for each at-
tachment to server. A database may be
opened by multiple Classic processes, in-
cluding local processes for embedded ac-
cess. Each process has its own database
page cache.
Remote,
Engine12,
Loopback
1
Only if exclusive access is available
Providers
The providers are more or less what we traditionally thought of as the methods used to connect a client to a
server, that is to say, across a network, host-locally, via the local loopback (“localhost”) or by a more direct
local connection (the old libfbembed.so on POSIX, now implemented as the plug-in library libEngine1
2.so; on Windows, engine12.dll; on MacOSX, engine12.dylib).
• In firebird.conf, all are available by default, as follows:
#Providers = Remote,Engine12,Loopback
• In databases.conf, one or more providers can be blocked by pasting the line from firebird.conf,
uncommenting it, and deleting the unwanted provider[s].
The Providers Architecture
Alex Peshkov
Changes in the Firebird Engine
15
Although a key feature of Firebird 3, the Providers architecture is not new. Providers existed historically in
Firebird's predecessors and, though well hidden, are present in all previous versions of Firebird. They were
introduced originally to deal with a task that has been performed since then by “interface layers” such as ODBC,
ADO, BDE and the like, to enable access to different database engines using a single external interface.
Subsequently, this Providers architecture (known then as Open Systems Relational Interface, OSRI) also showed
itself as very efficient for supporting a mix of old and new database formats—different major on-disk structure
versions—on a single server having mixed connections to local and remote databases.
The providers implemented in Firebird 3 make it possible to support all these modes (remote connections,
databases with differing ODS, foreign engines) as well as chaining providers. Chaining is a term for a situation
where a provider is using a callback to the standard API when performing an operation on a database.
The Components
The main element of the Providers architecture is the y-valve. On the initial attach or create database
call y-valve scans the list of known providers and calls them one by one until one of them completes the requested
operation successfully. For a connection that is already established, the appropriate provider is called at once
with almost zero overhead.
Let's take a look at some samples of y-valve operation when it selects the appropriate provider at the attach
stage. These use the default configuration, which contains three providers:
• Remote (establish network connection)
• Engine12 (main database engine)
• Loopback (force network connection to the local server for <database name> without an explicit network
protocol being supplied).
The typical client configuration works this way: when one attaches to a database called RemoteHost:dbname
(TCP/IP syntax) or \\RemoteHost\dbname (NetBios) the Remote provider detects explicit network protocol
syntax and, finding it first in the Provider list, redirects the call to RemoteHost.
When <database name> does not contain a network protocol but just the database name, the Remote provider
rejects it and the Engine12 provider comes to the fore and tries to open the named database file. If it succeeds,
we get an embedded connection to the database.
Note
A special “embedded library” is no longer required. To make the embedded connection, the standard client
loads the appropriate provider and becomes an embedded server.
Failure Response
But what happens if the engine returns an error on an attempt to attach to a database?
• If the database file to be attached to does not exist there is no interest at all.
• An embedded connection may fail if the user attaching to it does not have enough rights to open the database
file. That would be the normal case if the database was not created by that user in embedded mode or if he
was not explicitly given OS rights for embedded access to databases on that box.
Changes in the Firebird Engine
16
Note
Setting access rights in such a manner is a requirement for correct Superserver operation.
• After a failure of Engine12 to access the database, the Loopback provider is attempted for an attach. It is
not very different to Remote except that it tries to access the named database <dbname> on a server running
a TCP/IP local loopback.
On Windows, XNET is tried first, then TCP/IP loopback (with localhost: prepended to <dbname>), then
Named Pipes (NetBEUI) loopback (with \\.\ prepended). The server may be started with XNET (or any other
protocol) disabled, so we try all the options. On POSIX only TCP/IP protocol is supported, other options
are not available
If the attachment succeeds, a remote-like connection is established with the database even though it is located
on the local machine.
Other Providers
Use of providers is not limited to the three standard ones. Firebird 3 does not support pre-ODS 12 databases.
Removing support for old formats from the engine helps to simplify its code and gain a little speed. Taking into
account that this speed gain sometimes takes place in performance-critical places, like searching a key in an
index block, avoiding old code and related branches really does make Firebird fly faster.
Nevertheless, the Providers architecture does make it possible to access old databases when changing to a higher
version of Firebird. A suitable provider may be considered for inclusion in a later sub-release.
Custom Providers
A strong feature of the Providers architecture is ability for the deployer to add his own providers to the server,
the client, or both.
So what else might be wanted on a client, other than a remote connection? Recall Provider chaining that was
mentioned earlier. Imagine a case where a database is accessed via very slow network connection, say something
like 3G or, worse, GPRS. What comes to mind as a way to speed it up is to cache on the client some big tables that
rarely change. Such systems were actually implemented but, to do it, one had to rename fbclient to something
arbitrary and load it into its own library called fbclient, thus making it possible to use standard tools to access
the database at the same time as caching required tables. It works but, as a solution, it is clearly not ideal.
With the Providers architecture, instead of renaming libraries, one just adds a local caching provider which can
use any method to detect connections to it (something like a cache@ prefix at the beginning of the database
name, or whatever else you choose).
In this example, when the database name cache@RemoteHost:dbname is used, the caching provider accepts
the connection and invokes the y-valve once more with the traditional database name RemoteHost:dbname.
When the user later performs any call to his database, the caching provider gets control of it before Remote
does and, for a locally cached table, can forestall calls to the remote server.
Use of chaining allows a lot of other useful things to be implemented. An example might be MySQL-style
replication at statement level without the need for triggers: just repeat the same calls for the replication host,
perhaps whena transaction is committed. In this case, the chaining provider would be installed on the server, not
the client, and no modification of the command line would be needed.
Changes in the Firebird Engine
17
Note
That said, statement-level replication is very questionable feature.
To avoid cycling when performing a callback to y-valve at attach time, such a provider can modify the list of
providers using the isc_dpb_config parameter in the DPB. The same technique may be used at the
client, too.
For details, see the Configuration Additions and Changes chapter.
The ability to access foreign database engines using providers should not be overlooked, either. It might seem
strange to consider this, given the number of tools available for this sort of task. Think about the ability to
access other Firebird databases using EXECUTE STATEMENT, that became available in Firebird 2.5. With
a provider to ODBC or other common tool to access various data sources it is within reach to use EXECUTE
STATEMENT to get direct access from procedures and triggers, to data from any database having a driver for
the chosen access tool. It is even possible to have a provider to access some particular type of foreign database
engine if there is some reason to want to avoid the ODBC layer.
Providers Q & A
Q. Interfaces and providers are probably very good, but I have an old task written using plain API functions and
for a lot of reasons I can't rewrite it in the near future. Does it mean I will have problems migrating to Firebird 3?
• A. Definitely no problems. The old API is supported for backward compatibility in Firebird 3 and will be
supported in future versions as long as people need it.
And what about performance when using the old API?
• A. The functional API is implemented as a very thin layer over interfaces. Code in most cases is trivial:
convert passed handles to pointers to interfaces—hitherto referred to as “handle validation”—and invoke the
appropriate function from the interface.
Functions that execute an SQL operation and fetch data from it are one place where coding is a little more
complex, involving the SQLDA construct. The data moves related to the SQLDA have always created an
overhead. The logic between the new and old APIs does not add significantly to that old overhead.
Connection String and Protocols
Connection string refers to the local or remote path to the database to which a client requests an attachment
(connection). The syntax of the connection string determines the transport protocol by which clients and the
server communicate. The legacy syntaxes for the available protocols, supported by all Firebird versions, are
as follows:
For TCP/IP (aka INET) protocol:
<host> [ / <port>] : <database file path or alias>
For named pipes (aka NetBEUI, aka WNET) protocol:
\\ <host> [ @ <port>] \ <database file path or alias>
Changes in the Firebird Engine
18
For local connections, simply:
<database file path or alias>
Local connection is implied if <host> is omitted. Depending on settings, platform and Firebird version, it
could be performed via either the embedded engine, XNET (shared memory) protocol or TCP/IP localhost
loopback.
Examples
Connect via TCP/IP using database name:
192.168.0.11:/db/mydb.fdb
192.168.0.11:C:\db\mydb.fdb
myserver:C:\db\mydb.fdb
localhost:/db/mydb.fdb
Connect via TCP/IP using database alias:
192.168.0.11:mydb
myserver:mydb
localhost:mydb
Connect via TCP/IP using non-default port 3051:
192.168.0.11/3051:C:\db\mydb.fdb
192.168.0.11/3051:mydb
myserver/3051:/db/mydb.fdb
localhost/3051:/db/mydb.fdb
myserver/3051:mydb
localhost/3051:mydb
Connect via TCP/IP using non-default service name:
192.168.0.11/fb_db:C:\db\mydb.fdb
192.168.0.11/fb_db:mydb
localhost/fb_db:/db/mydb.fdb
myserver/fb_db:/db/mydb.fdb
myserver/fb_db:mydb
localhost/fb_db:mydb
Connect via named pipes (Windows only):
\\myserver\C:\db\mydb.fdb
\\myserver@fb_db\C:\db\mydb.fdb
Local connection:
/db/mydb.fdb
C:\db\mydb.fdb
mydb
Changes in the Firebird Engine
19
URL-Style Connection Strings
Firebird 3.0 introduces an additional, generalized, URL-style syntax for connection strings. The pattern is:
[ <protocol> : // [ <host> [ : <port> ] ] ] / <database file path or alias>
<protocol> ::= INET | WNET | XNET
INET resolves to TCP/IP, WNET to Named Pipes, while XNET surfaces the old “Windows local proto-
col” (shared memory).
Examples
Connect via TCP/IP using database name:
inet://192.168.0.11//db/mydb.fdb
inet://192.168.0.11/C:\db\mydb.fdb
inet://myserver/C:\db\mydb.fdb
inet://localhost//db/mydb.fdb
Connect via TCP/IP using database alias:
inet://192.168.0.11/mydb
inet://myserver/mydb
inet://localhost/mydb
Connect via TCP/IP using non-default port 3051:
inet://192.168.0.11:3051/C:\db\mydb.fdb
inet://192.168.0.11:3051/mydb
inet://myserver:3051//db/mydb.fdb
inet://localhost:3051//db/mydb.fdb
inet://myserver:3051/mydb
inet://localhost:3051/mydb
Connect via TCP/IP using non-default service name:
inet://192.168.0.11:fb_db/C:\db\mydb.fdb
inet://192.168.0.11:fb_db/mydb
inet://localhost:fb_db//db/mydb.fdb
inet://myserver:fb_db//db/mydb.fdb
inet://myserver:fb_db/mydb
inet://localhost:fb_db/mydb
Connect via named pipes:
wnet://myserver/C:\db\mydb.fdb
wnet://myserver:fb_db/C:\db\mydb.fdb
Loopback connection via TCP/IP:
inet:///db/mydb.fdb
Changes in the Firebird Engine
20
inet://C:\db\mydb.fdb
inet://mydb
Loopback connection via named pipes:
wnet://C:\db\mydb.fdb
wnet://mydb
Local connection via shared memory:
xnet://C:\db\mydb.fdb
xnet://mydb
Local (embedded by default) connection:
/db/mydb.fdb
C:\db\mydb.fdb
mydb
Local connection is implied if <host> is omitted. Depending on settings, platform and Firebird version, it could
be performed via either the embedded engine, XNET (shared memory) protocol or TCP/IP localhost loopback.
On the server side, the provider configuration is in the default order Remote, Engine12, Loopback. If the Remote
provider fails to match the connection string because the protocol or host parts are missing, then Engine12, the
embedded engine, handles it as a hostless connection. To connect locally using a specific transport protocol, it
is necessary to specify that protocol:
inet://<database file path or alias>
or
wnet://<database file path or alias>
or
xnet://<database file path or alias>
Note
WNET (named pipes) and XNET (shared memory) protocols are available only on Windows.
Plug-Ins
Alex Peshkov
From version 3 onward, Firebird's architecture supports plug-ins. For a number of predefined points in the
Firebird code, a developer can write his own fragment of code for execution when needed.
A plug-in is not necessarily one written by a third party: Firebird has a number of intrinsic plug-ins. Even some
core parts of Firebird are implemented as plug-ins.
What is a Plug-In?
The term “plug-in” is used to name related but different things:
Changes in the Firebird Engine
21
• a dynamic library, containing code to be loaded as a plug-in (often called a plug-in module) and stored in
the $FIREBIRD/plugins directory;
• code implementing a plug-in. That is slightly different from the library, since a single dynamic library may
contain code for more than one plug-in;
• a plug-in's factory: an object created by that code (pure virtual C++ class), creating instances of the plug-
in at Firebird's request;
• an instance of the plug-in, created by its factory.
Plug-In Types
Firebird's plug-in architecture makes it possible to create plug-ins of predefined types. Each version of Firebird
will have a fixed set of supported plug-in types. To add a further type, the first requirement is to modify the
Firebird code. Our plug-in architecture facilitates both adding new types of plug-ins and simplifying the coding
of the plug-in along generic lines.
To be able to implement a plug-in, say, for encrypting a database on the disk, the Firebird code has to be prepared
for it: it must have a point from which the plug-in is called.
The set of plug-in types implemented in Firebird 3 comprises:
user authentication related:
• AuthServer (validates user's credentials on server when logins are used)
• AuthClient (prepares credentials to be passed over the wire)
• AuthUserManagement (maintains a list of users on a server in a format known to AuthServer)
ExternalEngine
Controls the use of various engines, see External Engines.
Trace
The Trace plug-in was introduced in Firebird 2.5, but the way it interacts with the engine was changed in
Firebird 3 to accord with the new generic rules.
Encryption
encrypting plug-ins are for
• network (WireCrypt)
• disk (DbCrypt)
• a helper plug-in (KeyHolder), used to help maintain the secret key(s) for DbCrypt
Provider
Firebird 3 supports providers as a plug-in type.
Technical Details
Plug-ins use a set of special Firebird interfaces. All plug-in-specific interfaces are reference counted, thus putting
their lifetime under specific control. Interfaces are declared in the include file plug-in.h. A simple example
for writing a plug-in module can be found in DbCrypt_example.
Changes in the Firebird Engine
22
Note
The example does not perform any actual encryption, it is just a sample of how to write a plug-in. Complete
instructions for writing plug-ins are not in scope for this document.
Features of a Plug-In
A short list of plug-in features:
• You can write a plug-in in any language that supports pure virtual interfaces. Interface declarations will need
to be written for your language if they are missing.
• As with UDFs, you are free to add any reasonable code to your plug-in—with emphasis on reasonable. For
example, prompting for user input at the server's console from a plug-in is hardly “reasonable”!
• Calling the Firebird API from your plug-in is OK, if needed. For example, the default authentication server
and user manager use a Firebird database to store accounts.
• Firebird provides a set of interfaces to help with configuring your plug-ins. It is not obligatory to use them,
since the plug-in code is generic and can employ any useful method for capturing configuration information.
However, using the standard tools provides commonality with the established configuration style and should
save the additional effort of rolling your own and documenting it separately.
Configuring Plug-ins
Configuration of plug-ins has two parts:
1. The engine has to be instructed what plug-ins it should load
2. The plug-ins themselves sometimes need some configuration.
The plug-ins to be loaded for each plug-in type are defined in the main configuration file, firebird.conf,
usually with defaults. The ones defined in Firebird 3 are discussed in the chapter entitled “Configuration Ad-
ditions and Changes”. In summary, the set that provides normal operation in the server, client and embedded
cases consists of:
• AuthServer = Srp, Win_Sspi
• AuthClient = Srp, Win_Sspi, Legacy_Auth
• UserManager = Srp
• TracePlugin = fbtrace
• Providers = Remote,Engine12,Loopback
• WireCryptPlugin = Arc4
Note
If you want to add other plug-ins, they must be cited in firebird.conf. Apart from other considerations, this
requirement acts as a security measure to avoid loading unknown code.
Changes in the Firebird Engine
23
Taking the entry TracePlugin = fbtrace as an example, what does the value fbtrace signify? In a trivial case,
it can indicate the name of a dynamic library but the precise answer is more complicated.
As mentioned earlier, a single plug-in module may implement more than one plug-in. In addition, a single plug-
in may have more than one configuration at once, with a separate plug-in factory created for each configuration.
Each of these three object contexts (module | implementation | factory) has its own name:
• The name of a module is the file name of a dynamic library
• The name of a plug-in implementation is the one given to it by the developer of the plug-in. It is hard-coded
inside the module.
• The name of a factory is, by default, the same as the name of the plug-in implementation's name. It is the
factory name which is actually used in firebird.conf.
In a typical trivial case, a module contains one plug-in that works with just one configuration and all three
names are equal, and no more configuration is needed. An example would be libEngine12.so | Engine12.dll |
Engine12.dylib, that contains the implementation of the embedded provider Engine12. Nothing other than the
record Providers = Engine12 is needed to load it.
For something more complex a file will help you to set up the plug-in factories precisely.
plugins.conf
The file $(root)/plugins.conf has two types of records: config and plugin.
the plugin record is a set of rules for loading land activating the plug-in. Its format is:
Plugin = PlugName ## this is the name to be referenced in firebird.conf
{
Module = LibName ## name of dynamic library
RegisterName = RegName ## name given to plug-in by its developer
Config = ConfName ## name of config record to be used
ConfigFile = ConfFile ## name of a file that contains plug-in's configuration
}
When plug-in PlugName is needed, Firebird loads the library LibName and locates the plug-in registered with
the name RegName. The configuration values from the config record ConfName or the config file ConfFile are
passed to the library.
Note
If both ConfName and ConfFile are given, then the config record will be used.
If both parameters are missing, the default PlugName is used; except that if the ConfigFile is present and its
name is the same as the module's dynamic library but with a .conf extension, it will be used.
The ConfigFile is expected to use the format Key=Value, in line with other Firebird configuration files.
For the plug-in configuration record the same format is used:
Config = ConfName
{
Key1 = Value1
Changes in the Firebird Engine
24
Key2 = Value2
...
}
A Sample Setup
Suppose you have a server for which some clients trust the wire encryption from one vendor and others prefer a
different one. They have different licences for the appropriate client components but both vendors use the name
“BestCrypt” for their products.
The situation would require renaming the libraries to, say, WC1 and WC2, since there cannot be two files in
the same directory with the same name. Now, the modules stop loading automatically because neither is called
“BestCrypt” any longer.
To fix the problem, plug-ins.conf should contain something like this:
Plugin = WC1
{
RegisterName = BestCrypt
}
Plugin = WC2
{
RegisterName = BestCrypt
}
The module names will be automatically set to WC1 and WC2 and found. You can add any configuration info
that the plug-ins need.
Remember to modify firebird.conf to enable both plug-ins for the WireCryptPlugin parameter:
WireCryptPlugin = WC1, WC2
The server will now select appropriate plug-in automatically to talk to the client.
Another sample is distributed with Firebird, in $(root)/plugins.conf, configuring one of the standard
plug-ins, UDR. Because it was written to a use non-default configuration, the module name and one configura-
tion parameter are supplied explicitly.
Plug-Ins Q & A
Q. There are plug-ins named Remote, Loopback, Arc4 in the default configuration, but no libraries with such
names. How do they work?
• A. They are “built-in” plug-ins, built into the fbclient library, and thus always present. Their existence is due
to the old ability to distribute the Firebird client for Windows as a single dll. The feature is retained for cases
where the standard set of plug-ins is used.
Q. What do the names of Srp and Arc4 plug-ins mean?
• A. Srp implements the Secure Remote Passwords protocol, the default way of authenticating users in Firebird
3. Its effective password length is 20 bytes, resistant to most attacks (including “man in the middle”) and
works without requiring any key exchange between client and server to work.
Changes in the Firebird Engine
25
Arc4 means Alleged RC4 - an implementation of RC4 cypher. Its advantage is that it can generate a unique,
cryptographically strong key on both client and server that is impossible to guess by capturing data transferred
over the wire during password validation by SRP.
The key is used after the SRP handshake by Arc4, which makes wire encryption secure without need to
exchange any keys between client and server explicitly.
Q. What do Win_Sspi and Legacy_Auth mean?
• A. Windows SSPI has been in use since Firebird 2.1 for Windows trusted user authentication. Legacy_Auth
is a compatibility plug-in to enable connection by the Firebird 3 client to older servers. It is enabled by default
in the client.
And Yes, it still transfers almost plain passwords over the wire, for compatibility.
On the server it works with security3.fdb just as with a security database from Firebird 2.5 It should be
avoided except in situations where you understand well what you are sacrificing.
To use Legacy_Auth on the server you will need to avert network traffic encryption in firebird.conf
by reducing the default Required setting for the WireCrypt parameter, either
WireCrypt = Enabled
or
WireCrypt = Disabled
Q. How can I find out what the standard Authentication and User Manager plug-ins are?
• They are listed in firebird.conf.
External Engines
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
The UDR (User Defined Routines) engine adds a layer on top of the FirebirdExternal engine interface with the
purpose of
• establishing a way to hook external modules into the server and make them available for use
• creating an API so that external modules can register their available routines
• making instances of routines “per attachment”, rather than dependent on the internal implementation details
of the engine
External Names
An external name for the UDR engine is defined as
'<module name>!<routine name>!<misc info>'
Changes in the Firebird Engine
26
The <module name> is used to locate the library, <routine name> is used to locate the routine registered by
the given module, and <misc info> is an optional user-defined string that can be passed to the routine to be
read by the user.
Module Availability
Modules available to the UDR engine should be in a directory listed by way of the path attribute of the corre-
sponding plugin_config tag. By default, a UDR module should be on <fbroot>/plugins/udr, in accordance with
its path attribute in <fbroot>/plugins/udr_engine.conf.
The user library should include FirebirdUdr.h (or FirebirdUdrCpp.h) and link with the udr_engine library. Rou-
tines are easily defined and registered, using some macros, but nothing prevents you from doing things manually.
Note
A sample routine library is implemented in examples/udr, showing how to write functions, selectable pro-
cedures and triggers. It also shows how to interact with the current attachment through the legacy API.
Scope
The state of a UDR routine (i.e., its member variables) is shared among multiple invocations of the same routine
until it is unloaded from the metadata cache. However, it should be noted that the instances are isolated “per
session”.
Character Set
By default, UDR routines use the character set that was specified by the client.
Note
In future, routines will be able to modify the character set by overriding the getCharSet method. The chosen
character set will be valid for communication with the old Firebird client library as well as the communications
passed through the FirebirdExternal API.
Enabling UDRs in the Database
Enabling an external routine in the database involves a DDL command to “create” it. Of course, it was already
created externally and (we hope) well tested.
Syntax Pattern
{ CREATE [ OR ALTER ] | RECREATE | ALTER } PROCEDURE <name>
[ ( <parameter list> ) ]
[ RETURNS ( <parameter list> ) ]
EXTERNAL NAME '<external name>' ENGINE <engine>
{ CREATE [ OR ALTER ] | RECREATE | ALTER } FUNCTION <name>
[ <parameter list> ]
RETURNS <data type>
EXTERNAL NAME '<external name>' ENGINE <engine>
Changes in the Firebird Engine
27
{ CREATE [ OR ALTER ] | RECREATE | ALTER } TRIGGER <name>
...
EXTERNAL NAME '<external name>' ENGINE <engine>
Examples
create procedure gen_rows (
start_n integer not null,
end_n integer not null
) returns (
n integer not null
) external name 'udrcpp_example!gen_rows'
engine udr;
create function wait_event (
event_name varchar(31) character set ascii
) returns integer
external name 'udrcpp_example!wait_event'
engine udr;
create trigger persons_replicate
after insert on persons
external name 'udrcpp_example!replicate!ds1'
engine udr;
How it Works
The external names are opaque strings to Firebird. They are recognized by specific external engines. External
engines are declared in configuration files, possibly in the same file as a plug-in, as in the sample UDR library
that is implemented in $(root)/plugins.
external_engine = UDR {
plugin_module = UDR_engine
}
plugin_module = UDR_engine {
filename = $(this)/udr_engine
plugin_config = UDR_config
}
plugin_config = UDR_config {
path = $(this)/udr
}
When Firebird wants to load an external routine (function, procedure or trigger) into its metadata cache, it gets
the external engine through the plug-in external engine factory and asks it for the routine. The plug-in used is
the one referenced by the attribute plugin_module of the external engine.
Note
Depending on the server architecture (Superserver, Classic, etc) and implementation details, Firebird may get
external engine instances “per database” or “per connection”. Currently, it always gets instances “per database”.
Changes in the Firebird Engine
28
Optimizer Improvements
Dmitry Yemanov
• See Tracker item CORE-4528.
Hash/merge joins for non-field (DBKEY or derived expression) equalities are now allowed.
• See Tracker item CORE-1482.
The optimizer now considers the ORDER BY optimization when making its decision about join order.
Other Optimizations
Vlad Khorsun
• See Tracker item CORE-4556.
Data pages are now allocated as a group of sequential ordered pages (extents).
• See Tracker item CORE-4445.
The main database file extends faster when physical backup state changes from stalled to merge.
• See Tracker item CORE-4443.
Linux systems that support “fast file growth” can now use it.
• See Tracker item CORE-4432.
Attachments no longer block others when the allocation table is read for the first time.
• See Tracker item CORE-4431.
Contention has been reduced for the allocation table lock while database is in stalled physical backup state.
Remote Interface/Network Protocol
Dmitry Yemanov
Tracker item CORE-2530.
Further improvements were made to Firebird's network protocol, providing a denser data stream and better
prefetch logic. The following improvements were implemented:
1. The full length of a field whose value is NULL is no longer sent over the wire. (Tracker item CORE-2897).
NULL flags (4 bytes per field) are replaced with a bitmap and only these flags are transmitted, in the bitmap.
This improvement is available for the DSQL API only, so gbak does not benefit from this improvement,
as it uses a lower level BLR API.
Changes in the Firebird Engine
29
2. The prefetch (batch receive) algorithm is now aware of variable-length messages, so that VARCHARs and
NULLs may reduce the transmitted message size, allowing more rows to be transmitted in each batch.
Acknowledgement
This work was sponsored by donations collected at the 9th Firebird Developers' Day conference in Brazil.
Miscellaneous Improvements
Miscellaneous engine improvements include.-
Connections Limit Raised
Paul Beach
(CORE-4439) :: Maximum connections (FD_SETSIZE) on Windows Superserver and Superclassic was raised
from 1024 to 2048.
Better Error Diagnosis
Dmitry Yemanov
(CORE-3881) :: The error reported for index/constraint violations has been extended to include the problematic
key value.
ICU Version Upgraded
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
(CORE-2224) :: The ICU version was upgraded to v.52.1.
Internal Debug Info Made Human-readable
Vlad Khorsun
A new BLOB filter translates internal debug information into text.
A Silly Message is Replaced
Claudio Valderrama C.
A silly message sent by the parser when a reference to an undefined object was encountered was replaced with
one that tells it like it really is.
New Pseudocolumn RDB$RECORD_VERSION
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
Changes in the Firebird Engine
30
A pseudocolumn named RDB$RECORD_VERSION returns the number of the transaction that created the cur-
rent record version.
It is retrieved the same way as RDB$DB_KEY, i.e., select RDB$RECORD_VERSION from aTable where...
systemd init Scripts
Alex Peshkov
systemd init scripts are available in Firebird 3 POSIX installers. See Tracker ticket CORE-4085.
Firebird 3.0.4: Better Reporting on Dynamic Library Loading Errors
Alex Peshkov
A mistake in the initial design of the ModuleLoader class meant that errors displayed when dynamic libraries
failed to load were lacking any OS-specific information about the reason for the failure (no such file, invalid
format, unresolved external reference, etc.). The only report was "Module/library not loaded". In many cases,
that made it extremely hard to find and fix the related bugs.
Firebird 3.0.4 extends the errors reported to show the exact reason a library failed to load.
Exclusions
Because the use of external functions (UDFs) has been deprecated, those modules do not get this extended error
treatment. The other exclusion is the ICU modules, due to the fact more than 50 retries are done when those
libraries fail to load. Reporting such an avalanche of error detail was considered impracticable.
31
Chapter 4
Changes to the
Firebird API and ODS
ODS (On-Disk Structure) Changes
New ODS Number
Firebird 3.0 creates databases with an ODS (On-Disk Structure) version of 12. In the initial release, a database
with an older ODS cannot be opened by Firebird 3.0. In order to work with a database with an older ODS it will
be necessary to make a backup using gbak under the older server and restore it with gbak on Firebird 3.
Note
A legacy provider for databases with ODS 8 to 11.2 is planned for a future sub-release.
Firebird 3.0.4: ODS 12.2 for POSIX Platforms
In the V.3.0.4 sub-release we have a minor ODS change for databases created or restored on a Linux x86 (32-
bit) platform and all other POSIX platforms including MacOSX. The new ODS for these databases is 12.2.
The change is due to a change in the page layout of the system table RDB$GENERATORS affecting only some
platforms. ODS 12.0 databases copied across platforms, e.g., from Linux-x86 to Linux-x64, show wrong values
for generators, typically very large.
Other Platforms
The most popular platforms—Windows and Linux x64 (64-bit)—were not affected by the change. They were
carefully checked to verify that, for them, there is no actual difference between ODS 12.0 and 12.2. To avoid
disturbing users of these platforms with a new ODS, it was decided to retain the ODS number 12.0 for them.
For non-Windows and non-Intel-Linux platforms, developers could not perform all the required checks. The
only guaranteed safe solution for them was the minor ODS upgrade.
To restate, MacOSX (32-bit and 64-bit) and 32-bit Linux builds will create (and restore) databases as ODS 12.2.
Existing databases (with ODS 12.0) are always opened successfully with Firebird 3.0.4 on the platform where
they were initially created. Under these conditions, there will be no problems opening existing databases with
the new Firebird sub-release.
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
32
Cross-Platform File-Copying
Cross-platform copying of any ODS 12.0 database other than those created on Windows and and Linux-x64 is
best avoided: Firebird versions < V.3.0.3 may produce errors with generators, while V.3.0.4 will report an issue
and not attach to such a database.
Our checks did not reveal any cross-platform compatibility issues between ODS 12.2 databases and ODS 12.0
databases from Windows and Linux-x64 with matching Endianness.
Implementation ID is Deprecated
Alex Peshkov
The Implementation ID in the ODS of a database is deprecated in favour of a new field in database headers
describing hardware details that need to match in order for the database to be assumed to have been created by
a compatible implementation.
The old Implementation ID is replaced with a 4-byte structure consisting of hardware ID, operating system ID,
compiler ID and compatibility flags. The three ID fields are just for information: the ODS does not depend upon
them directly and they are not checked when opening the database.
The compatibility flags are checked for a match between the database and the engine opening it. Currently we
have only one flag, for endianness. As previously, Firebird will not open a database on little-endian that was
created on big-endian, nor vice versa.
Sample gstat Output
# ./gstat -h employee
Database “/usr/home/firebird/trunk/gen/Debug/firebird/examples/empbuild/employee.fdb”
Database header page information:
..............
Implementation HW=AMD/Intel/x64 little-endian OS=Linux CC=gcc
..............
The purpose is to make it easier to do ports of Firebird for new platforms.
Maximum Database Size
Maximum database size is increased to 2
32
pages (previously 2
31
pages). The new limit is 16TB|32TB|64TB,
depending on the page size.
Maximum Page Size
The maximum page size remains 16 KB (16384 bytes).
Maximum Number of Page Buffers in Cache
The maximum number of pages that can be configured for the database cache depends on whether the database
is running under 64-bit or 32-bit Firebird:
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
33
• 64-bit :: 2
31
-1 (2,147,483,647) pages
• 32-bit :: 128,000 pages, i.e., unchanged from V.2.5
Extension of Transaction ID Space Limit
Dmitry Yemanov
Historically, transaction ID space was limited to 2
31
transactions, counted from the time the database was created.
After that point, the database becomes unavailable until backup and restore is performed to reset the transaction
ID counter back to zero. Initially in Firebird 3.0, the transaction ID space was raised to 2
32
transactions, doubling
the database up-time without backup and restore.
This improvement request is about shifting that limit even further, with the introduction of 48-bit internal trans-
action IDs that are publicly (via the API and the MON$ tables) represented as 64-bit numbers. This makes the
new limit roughly equal to 2.8 * 10
14
transactions. Later, it could be extended up to the 2
63
limit.
The implemented solution has no additional storage overhead until the transaction counters grow beyond the
2
32
boundary.
Limits Raised for Attachment and Statement IDs
Attachment IDs and statement IDs were changed to 64-bit numbers, both internally and externally via the API
and the MON$ tables.
System Tables
New System Tables
RDB$AUTH_MAPPING Stores authentication and other security mappings
RDB$PACKAGES Header for SQL packages
RDB$DB_CREATORS A list of users granted the CREATE DATABASE priv-
ilege when using the specified security database
SEC$USERS Virtual table to query the local user list
SEC$USER_ATTRIBUTES Virtual table storing local user attributes
SEC$DB_CREATORS SQL interface to access the list in RDB$CREATORS,
i.e. select * from SEC$DB_CREATORS
SEC$GLOBAL_AUTH_MAPPING SQL interface to access the members of RDB
$AUTH_MAPPING that have access to all databases
using the specified security database, i.e. select *
from SEC$GLOBAL_AUTH_MAPPING.
For information about authentication mapping, see
Mapping of Users to Objects in the Security chapter.
Changes to System Tables
From Firebird 3 forward, all non-virtual system tables (RDB$*) are read-only.
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
34
Note
In V. 3.0.4, the read-only restriction was relaxed to permit CREATE, ALTER and DROP operations on the
indexes of system tables.
RDB$SYSTEM_FLAG
Claudio Valderrama C.
RDB$SYSTEM_FLAG has been made NOT NULL in all tables.
CORE-2787.
RDB$TYPES
Dmitry Yemanov
Missing entries were added to RDB$TYPES. They describe the numeric values for these columns:
RDB$PARAMETER_TYPE (table RDB$PROCEDURE_PARAMETERS)
RDB$INDEX_INACTIVE (table RDB$INDICES)
RDB$UNIQUE_FLAG (table RDB$INDICES)
RDB$TRIGGER_INACTIVE (table RDB$TRIGGERS)
RDB$GRANT_OPTION (table RDB$USER_PRIVILEGES)
RDB$PAGE_TYPE (table RDB$PAGES)
RDB$PRIVATE_FLAG (tables RdB$PROCEDURES and RDB$FUNCTIONS)
RDB$LEGACY_FLAG (table RDB$FUNCTIONS)
RDB$DETERMINISTIC_FLAG (table RDB$FUNCTIONS)
Monitoring Tables
Dmitry Yemanov
Changes to Client Address Reporting
Prior to Firebird 3.0, the network address of remote clients were reported in MON$ATTACHMENTS.MON
$REMOTE_ADDRESS and RDB$GET_CONTEXT('SYSTEM', 'CLIENT_ADDRESS'). For TCP/IP protocol
(a.k.a. INET), it contained a TCPv4 dot-separated address. For Named Pipes (a.k.a. WNET, NetBeui) protocol,
it was always NULL. For shared memory (aka XNET) protocol, it contained the local host name.
Starting with Firebird 3.0, the network address of a remote client contains the TCP/IP port number of the remote
client, separated with a slash:
<IP address>/<port>
The port number is also retrieved via the new built-in context variable RDB$GET_CONTEXT('SYSTEM',
'CLIENT_PORT').
The host name is also reported now, in the new column MON$REMOTE_HOST.
Alert
The WNET (Named Pipes/Netbeui) protocol should be considered as deprecated. It is likely to be abandoned
in a future version.
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
35
Per-table performance counters have been added to all of the monitoring tables. See Tracker CORE-4564.
MON$ATTACHMENTS
New information is now available:
• Operating system user name. See Tracker CORE-3779.
• Protocol and client library version. See Tracker CORE-2780.
• Client host name. See Tracker CORE-2187.
• authentication method used for connection (MON$AUTH_METHOD). See Tracker CORE-4222.
• MON$REMOTE_ADDRESS now contains the <IP>/<port> string. See Tracker CORE-5028.
MON$DATABASE
• Database owner (MON$OWNER) added. See Tracker CORE-4218.
• Security database type (MON$SEC_DATABASE) flag added. Value will be one of Default/Self/Other. See
Tracker CORE-4729.
MON$STATEMENTS
The PLAN is now included. See Tracker CORE-2303.
Application Programming Interfaces
A new public API replaces the legacy one in new applications, especially object-oriented ones. The interface part
can be found in the header file Interfaces.h in the directory /include/firebird beneath the installation
root directory.
Note
POSIX installations have a symlink pointing to /usr/include/firebird/Interfaces.h
The new public API can be also used inside user-defined routines (UDR, q.v.) for callbacks inside the engine,
allowing a UDR to select or modify something in the database, for example.
The main difference between the new API and the legacy one is that UDRs can query and modify data in the
same connection or transaction context as the user query that called that UDR. It is now possible to write external
triggers and procedures, not just external functions (UDFs).
Interfaces and the New Object-oriented API
Alex Peshkov
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
36
Firebird needed a modernised API for a number of compelling reasons.
• High on the list was the limitation of the 16-bit integer pervading the legacy API, encompassing message
size, SQL operator length, BLOB data portions, to name a few examples. While 16-bit was probably adequate
when that old API came to life, in today's environments it is costly to work around.
A trivial solution might be to add new functions that support 32-bit variables. The big downside is the obvious
need to retain support for the old API by having pairs of functions with the same functionality but differing
integer sizes. In fact, we did something like this to support 64-bit performance counters, for no better reason
than being pressed to provide for it without having a more elegant way to implement it.
• Another important reason, less obvious, derives from the era when Firebird's predecessor, InterBase, did
not support SQL. It used a non-standard query language, GDML, to manage databases. Data requests were
transported between client and server using messages whose formats were defined at request compilation
time in BLR (binary language representation). In SQL, the operator does not contain the description of the
message format so the decision was taken to surround each message with a short BLR sequence describing
its format.
The ISC API also has the XSQLDA layer over BLR. The trap with the XSQLDA solution is that it encapsu-
lates both the location of the data and their format, making it possible to change location or format (or both)
between fetch calls. Hence, the need for the BLR wrapping in every fetch call—notwithstanding, this potential
capability to change the data format between fetches was broken in the network layer before Firebird existed.
But to support the XSQLDA layer that rides on top of the message-based API that lower level API also has
support sending format BLR at every turn.
This system involving calls processing data through multiple layers is hard to extend and wastes performance;
the SQLDA is not simple to use; the desire to fix it was strong.
• Other reasons—numerous but perhaps less demanding—for changing the API included enhancing the status
vector and optimizing dynamic library loading. Interfaces also make it so much easier and more comfortable
to use the messages API.
The Non-COM Choice
The new interfaces are not compatible with COM, deliberately, and the reasons have to do with future perfor-
mance enhancement.
At the centre of the Providers architecture in Firebird 3.0 is the y-valve, which is directed at dispatching API
calls to the correct provider. Amongst the potential providers are older ones with potentially older interfaces. If
we used COM, we would have to call the method IUnknown for each call (including record fetch), just to ensure
that the provider really had some newer API method. Along with that comes the likelihood of future additions
to the catalogue of API calls to optimize performance. A COM-based solution does not play well with that.
Firebird interfaces, unlike COM, support multiple versions. The interface version is determined by the total
number of virtual functions it encompasses and is stored as a pointer-size integer at the beginning of the virtual
functions table. This makes it possible for very fast checking of the interface version, since it requires no virtual
call. That is to say, the pointer check has no overhead, unlike COM.
The Hierarchy of Interfaces
A detailed discussion of all the functions presented by all the interfaces is outside the scope of this overview.
The general schematic looks like this:
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
37
The base of the structure is IVersioned. It is the interface that enables a version upgrade. A lot of interfaces
not requiring additional lifetime control are based directly on IVersioned. IMaster is one example already
mentioned. Others include a number of callback interfaces whose lifetimes must match the lifetimes of the
objects from which they were to be used for callback.
Two interfaces deal with lifetime control: IDisposable and IRefCounted. The latter is especially active in the
creation of other interfaces: IPlugin is reference counted, as are many other interfaces that are used by plug-ins.
These include the interfaces that describe database attachment, transaction management and SQL statements.
Not everything needs the extra overhead of a reference-counted interface. For example, IMaster, the main inter-
face that calls functions available to the rest of the API, has unlimited lifetime by definition. For others, the API
is defined strictly by the lifetime of a parent interface; the IStatus interface is non-threaded. For interfaces with
limited lifetimes it is of benefit to have a simple way to destroy them, that is, a dispose() function.
Each plug-in has one and only one main interface—IPlugin—which is responsible for basic plug-in function-
ality. In fact, a lot of plugins have only that interface, although that is not a requirement.
Finally, there is IProvider, a kind of “main” plug-in in the Firebird API. IProvider is derived from IPlugin and
must be implemented by every provider. If you want to write your own provider you must implement IProvider.
It is implemented also by the y-valve: it is the y-valve implementation that is returned to the user when the
getDispatcher() function from the master interface is called.
IProvider contains functions enabling creation of an attachment to a database (attach and create) or to the
Services Manager.
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
38
Interfaces Q & A
Q. We access new API using IMaster. But how to get access to IMaster itself?
• A. This is done using just the one new API function fb_get_master_interface(). It is exported by the fb-
client library. Also IMaster is passed as a parameter to each plug-in during its registration in the system.
Q. The non-use of COM-based interfaces was said to be to avoid working with IUnknown methods and that
this is done due to performance issues. Instead you have to check the interface version. Why is that faster than
using IUnknown?
• A. As was already mentioned we do not need to execute virtual calls when checking the interface version.
Taking into an account that each virtual call means a reset of the CPU cache, it is an important difference,
especially for the very small calls like getting specific metadata properties from IMetadata.
Other New APIs
Other new APIs support various plug-ins by declaring the interfaces between the engine and the plug-in. Besides
pluggable authentication and pluggable encryption, Firebird 3 supports “external engines”, bridges between the
engine and the execution environments that can run UDRs: native code, Java and others. By and large they are
intended for use by third-party solution providers, rather than for client application development.
For creating custom plug-ins and bridges, the relevant interface (API) needs to be implemented in the plug-
in code.
API Improvements
The following improvements to the API should be noted.
Some SQL Size Limits Removed Using New API
Dmitry Yemanov
If and only if the new API is being used.-
• The size of the body of a stored procedure or a trigger can exceed the traditional limit of 32 KB. The theoretical
limit provided by the new API is 4GB. At the moment, as a security measure, a hard-coded limit of 10MB is
imposed. The same limit of 10MB also applies to any user-defined DSQL query.
• The total size of all input or output parameters for a stored procedure or a user-defined DSQL query is no
longer limited to the traditional size of (64KB minus overhead). The theoretical limit provided by the new
API is 4GB.
Legacy API
Improvements to the legacy API include.-
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
39
Scrollable Cursor Support
Dmitry Yemanov
In PSQL, a scrollable cursor can be operated on directly to navigate flexibly from the current row to any anoth-
er row either forwards or backwards. API support is available to make scrollable cursors available to DSQL
applications.
Scrollable Cursor Usage
The result set must be opened with the flag IStatement::CURSOR_TYPE_SCROLLABLE explicitly spec-
ified.
Fetch Methods
The following fetch methods of the IResultSet interface are available:
int fetchNext(IStatus* status, void* message);
// equivalent to FETCH NEXT FROM <cursor name>
Moves the cursor's current position to the next row and returns it. If the cursor is empty or already positioned
at the last row, the condition NO_DATA is returned.
int fetchPrior(IStatus* status, void* message);
// equivalent to FETCH PRIOR FROM <cursor name>
Moves the cursor's current position to the prior row and returns it. If the cursor is empty or already positioned
at the first row, the condition NO_DATA is returned.
int fetchFirst(IStatus* status, void* message);
// equivalent to FETCH FIRST FROM <cursor name>
Moves the cursor's current position to the first row and returns it. If the cursor is empty, the condition NO_DATA
is returned.
int fetchLast(IStatus* status, void* message);
// equivalent to FETCH LAST FROM <cursor name>
Moves the cursor's current position to the last row and returns it. If the cursor is empty, the condition NO_DATA
is returned.
int fetchAbsolute(IStatus* status, int position, void* message);
// equivalent to FETCH ABSOLUTE <position> FROM <cursor name>
Moves the cursor's current position to the specified <position> and returns the located row. If <position> is
beyond the cursor's boundaries, the condition NO_DATA is returned.
int fetchRelative(IStatus* status, int offset, void* message);
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
40
// equivalent to FETCH RELATIVE <offset> FROM <cursor name>
Moves the cursor's current position backward or forward by the specified <offset> and returns the located row.
If the calculated position is beyond the cursor's boundaries, the condition NO_DATA is returned.
Notes
1. When a scrolling option is omitted, NO SCROLL is implied (i.e., the cursor is opened as forward-only).
This means that only the fetchNext() API call can be used. Other fetch methods will return an error.
2. Scrollable cursors are internally materialized as a temporary record set, thus consuming memory/disk
resources, so this feature should be used only when really necessary.
SPB Support for New Statistics Feature in gbak Output
Vlad Khorsun
A new, much requested feature was added to gbak verbose output: optional run-time statistics. Read about it
here. The feature is fully supported in the Services API with a new item in the SPB (Services Parameter Block),
#define isc_spb_bkp_stat 15
along with its synonym
#define isc_spb_res_stat isc_spb_bkp_stat
Usage
isc_spb_bkp_stat, <len>, <string>
isc_spb_res_stat, <len>, <string>
where <len> (2 bytes) indicates the length of the following string parameter, and <string> (1-4 bytes) is a
string consisting of one character per statistics item.
The fbsvcmgr utility also supports the new SPB tags.
Better Error Reports for String Overflows
Alex Peshkov
Include expected and actual string length in the error message for string overflows (SQLCODE -802).
More Detail in “Wrong Page Type” Error Reports
Alex Peshkov
More details in the error message "wrong page type", i.e., identifying expected and encountered page types by
name instead of numerical type.
New Item for isc_database_info() Call
Vlad Khorsun
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
41
An option was added to the API function isc_database_info() to return the number of free pages in a
database. See CORE-1538.
Compression and Encryption Status Info
Alex Peshkov
Added in Firebird 3.0.3, see CORE-5601.
Compression details and encryption status of a connection (fb_info_conn_flags) have been added to the get-
Info() API call. The data stored in the information block are of type integer in network format, accessible
as isc_vax_integer.
Currently only 2 bits are meaningful:
#define isc_dpb_addr_flag_conn_compressed 0x01
#define isc_dpb_addr_flag_conn_encrypted 0x02
New Services Tag for Overriding LINGER
Alex Peshkov
The Services API now includes the tag isc_spb_prp_nolinger, for example (in one line):
fbsvcmgr host:service_mgr user sysdba password xxx
action_properties dbname employee prp_nolinger
For information regarding LINGER, see the write-up in the DDL chapter.
Enable Use of ***_auth_plugin_list Item from Application
Firebird 3.0.4: To specify the names of authentication plug-ins, an application must create a config string with
"AuthClient = <plugin-list>", along with lines for other options. A specific DPB/SPB item actually exists, item
isc_dpb_auth_plugin_list/isc_spb_auth_plugin_list that the client itself uses to communi-
cate the plug-in list to the server. However if an application populated that same item, it was ignored by the client.
This improvement allows an application to use the item item isc_dpb_auth_plugin_list/
isc_spb_auth_plugin_list in lieu of creating and passing a config string for it.
New Connection Formats for Local Superserver Clients on Windows
In previous Firebird versions, a serverless protocol known as “Windows Local” was available to local clients
connecting to Superserver on a Windows platform, using the XNET subsystem. A typical connection string
looked like this:
c:\Program Files\Firebird_2_5\examples\empbuild\employee.fdb
Under the new unified server, that form of connection attempts to load an embedded server. It is no longer valid
for a serverless client connection to Superserver. If you try, you will get a refusal message to the effect “File is in
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
42
use by another process”. This is not a bug. Since Superserver clients share resources, another server (in this case,
an embedded server) cannot attach a client to the same database that Superserver has any clients attached to.
However, all is not lost. The XNET subsystem can still do local client sessions for Superserver. You just need
a more elaborate connection string now. You have a few choices:
• this one is the former “Windows local”, using the XNET subsystem and shared memory for a (nominally)
serverless connection:
xnet://alias-or-path-to-database
So, for our connection to the employee database:
xnet://c:\Program Files\Firebird_3_0\examples\empbuild\employee.fdb
or using an alias:
xnet://employee
• Connection to host/port via TCP:
inet://host:port/alias-or-path-to-database
• Connection to host/port via TCP, restricting the name search to IPv4:
inet4://host:port/alias-or-path-to-database
This option was added in v.3.0.1. See also the configuration parameter IPv6V6Only.
• Connection to host/port via Named Pipes (aka NetBEUI):
wnet://host:port/alias-or-path-to-database
• Connection to localhost via TCP:
inet://alias-or-path-to-database
• Connection to localhost via named pipes (aka NetBEUI):
wnet://alias-or-path-to-database
Perform Some Validation Services On-line
Vlad Khorsun
This feature was ported forward from Firebird 2.5.4.
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
43
Database validation enables low-level checks of the consistency of on-disk structures and even to fix some
minor corruptions. The recommended procedure for any valuable database is for the DBA to validate a database
periodically to ensure it is healthy.
Exclusive access to the database is required: any kind of concurrent access is forbidden during validation. Some-
times, blocking user access could be a major hold-up, especially if the database is large and complex.
Online validation is a new feature that allows some consistency checks to be performed without exclusive access.
What Online Validation Can Do
• validate some (or all) user tables in a database.
System tables are not validated.
• validate some (or all) indices
Other ODS checks, such as Header\PIP\TIP\Generators pages, are not performed.
Protection During Online Validation
While a table (and\or its index) is undergoing validation, user attachments are allowed to read this table. Any
attempt to change data (INSERT\UPDATE\DELETE) will wait until validation finishes or, depending on the
lock timeout of the user transaction, will return a lock timeout error.
Any kind of garbage collection on the table or its indexes is disabled whilst it is undergoing validation:
• background and cooperative garbage collection will just skip this table
• sweep will be terminated with an error
When online validation starts to check a table, it acquires a couple of locks to prevent concurrent modifications
of its data:
• a relation lock in PR (protected read) mode
• (NEW) a garbage collection lock in PW (protected write) mode
Both locks are acquired using a user-specified lock timeout. An error is reported for any lock request that fails
and that table is skipped.
Once the locks are acquired, the table and its indexes are validated in the same way as a full validation does it.
The locks are released when it completes and the whole procedure is repeated for the next table.
The New Services API action: isc_action_svc_validate
Online validation is implemented as a Firebird service and is accessed through the Services API. Thus, it cannot
be run from the gfix utility.
The call involves the following elements:
Action:
isc_action_svc_validate
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
44
Parameters:
isc_spb_dbname :
database file name, string, mandatory
isc_spb_val_tab_incl, isc_spb_val_tab_excl,
isc_spb_val_idx_incl, isc_spb_val_idx_excl :
patterns for tables\indices names, string, optional
isc_spb_val_lock_timeout :
lock timeout, integer, optional
Output:
text messages with progress of online validation process
Using isc_action_svc_validate Interactively
The fbsvcmgr utility has full support for the new service. The syntax is:
fbsvcmgr [host:]service_mgr [user <...>] [password <...>]
action_validate dbname <filename>
[val_tab_incl <pattern>]
[val_tab_excl <pattern>]
[val_idx_incl <pattern>]
[val_idx_excl <pattern>]
[val_lock_timeout <number>]
where
val_tab_incl pattern for table names to include in validation run
val_tab_excl pattern for table names to exclude from validation run
val_idx_incl pattern for index names to include in validation run, by
default %, i.e. all indexes
val_idx_excl pattern for index names to exclude from validation run
val_lock_timeout lock timeout, used to acquire locks for table to validate,
in seconds, default is 10 secs. 0 is no-wait, -1 is infinite
wait
Usage Notes
• Patterns are regular expressions, processed by the same rules as SIMILAR TO expressions.
• All patterns are case-sensitive, regardless of database dialect.
• If the pattern for tables is omitted then all user tables will be validated.
• If the pattern for indexes is omitted then all indexes of the appointed tables will be validated.
• System tables are not validated.
• To specify a list of tables or indexes:
1. Separate names with the pipe character '|'
2. Do not add spaces: TAB1 | TAB2 is wrong
3. Enclose the whole list in double quotes to avoid confusing the command interpreter
Changes to the Firebird API and ODS
45
Examples
1. Validate all tables in database 'c:\db.fdb' with names starting with 'A'. Indexes are not validated. Lock wait
is not performed.
fbsvcmgr.exe service_mgr user SYSDBA password masterkey
action_validate dbname c:\db.fdb
val_tab_incl A%
val_idx_excl %
val_lock_timeout 0
2. Validate tables TAB1 and TAB2 and all their indexes. Lock wait timeout is 10 seconds (the default):
fbsvcmgr.exe service_mgr user SYSDBA password masterkey
action_validate dbname c:\db.fdb
val_tab_incl "TAB1|TAB2"
3. Default behavior of val_XXX options: validate all user tables and their indexes in database 'c:\db.fdb', lock
wait is the default 10 seconds:
fbsvcmgr.exe service_mgr user SYSDBA password masterkey
action_validate dbname c:\db.fdb
Code Improvement
Alex Peshkov
(CORE-4387) The functions IStatement::execute() and IAttachment::execute() now return
an error pointer to the old transaction interface.
46
Chapter 5
Reserved Words and Changes
New Keywords in Firebird 3.0
Reserved
Items marked with asterisks (*) were previously non-reserved.
BOOLEAN REGR_AVGX SCROLL
CORR REGR_AVGY SQLSTATE
COVAR_POP REGR_COUNT STDDEV_POP
COVAR_SAMP REGR_INTERCEPT STDDEV_SAMP
DELETING * REGR_R2 TRUE
DETERMINISTIC REGR_SLOPE UNKNOWN
FALSE REGR_SXX UPDATING *
INSERTING * REGR_SXY VAR_POP
OFFSET REGR_SYY VAR_SAMP
OVER RETURN
RDB$RECORD_VERSION ROW
Non-reserved
ABSOLUTE FIRST_VALUE PLUGIN
ACOSH IDENTITY PRIOR
ASINH INCREMENT RANK
ATANH LAST_VALUE RELATIVE
BODY LAG ROW_NUMBER
CONTINUE LEAD SERVERWIDE
DDL LINGER TAGS
DECRYPT NAME TRUSTED
DENSE_RANK NTH_VALUE USAGE
ENCRYPT PACKAGE
ENGINE PARTITION
47
Chapter 6
Configuration
Additions and Changes
The file aliases.conf is renamed to databases.conf. An old aliases.conf from a previous version
can simply be renamed and the new engine will just continue to use it as before. However, databases.conf
can now include some configuration information for individual databases.
Scope of Parameters
Some parameters are marked as configurable per-database or per-connection.
• Per-database configuration is done in databases.conf.
• Per-connection configuration is primarily for client tool use and is done using the DPB parameter
isc_dpb_config or, for Services, the SPB parameter isc_spb_config.
• In the case of Embedded, the DPB can be used to tune per-database entries on first attaching to a database.
Macro Substitution
A number of predefined macros (syntax $(name)) is available for use in the configuration files to substitute for
a directory name:
$(root)
Root directory of Firebird instance
$(install)
Directory where Firebird is installed. $(root) and $(install) are initially the same. $(root) can be overridden
by setting or altering the environment variable FIREBIRD, in which case it becomes different from $(install).
$(this)
Directory where current configuration file is located
$(dir_conf)
Directory where firebird.conf and databases.conf are located
$(dir_secdb)
Directory where the default security database is located
$(dir_plugins)
Directory where plugins are located
Configuration Additions and Changes
48
$(dir_udf)
Directory where UDFs are located by default
$(dir_sample)
Directory where samples are located
$(dir_sampledb)
Directory where sample DB (employee.fdb) is located
$(dir_intl)
Directory where international modules are located
$(dir_msg)
Directory where the messages file (firebird.msg) is located. $(dir_msg) usually should be the same as $(root)
but can be overridden by the environment variable FIREBIRD_MSG.
Tip
You can observe the usage of some of the macros in databases.conf.
Notes
In our pre-built binaries, $(dir_conf) and $(dir_secdb) would normally be the same as $(root) and $(install).
$(dir_plugins), $(dir_udf), $(dir_sample), $(dir_sampledb) and $(dir_intl) are predefined sub-directories inside
$(root).
The build conventions are not “rules” that could be expected to apply in every distribution of Firebird. Dis-
tro-specific Linux packages, for example, each prefer to fit the Firebird components into standard layouts that
comply with their own conventions. As an illustration, user binaries, such as isql might be located in /usr/
bin, server binaries in /usr/sbin, configuration files in /etc/firebird.d and so on. Obviously, $(root)
would then make no sense, even if the $(dir_something) macros still pointed to actual directories.
Includes
One configuration file can be included in another by using an “include” directive, e.g.,
include some_file.conf
A relative path is treated as relative to the enclosing configuration file. So, if our example above is inside /opt/
config/master.conf then our include refers to the file /opt/config/some_file.conf.
Wildcards
The standard wildcards * and ? may be used in an include directive, to include all matching files in undefined
order. For example,
include $(dir_plugins)/config/*.conf
Configuration Additions and Changes
49
Expression of Parameter Values
Previously, byte values were specified by default as integer, representing the number of bytes. However, now
you can optionally specify them in Kilobytes, Megabytes or Gigabytes, as appropriate, by adding K, M or G
(case-insensitive). For example, 24M is read as 25165824 (24 * 1024 * 1024).
Boolean values are expressed as non-zero (true)|zero (false) by default, but you may now use the quoted strings
'y', 'yes' or 'true' instead of a non-zero digit.
“Per-database” Configuration
Custom configuration at database level is achieved with formal entries in databases.conf.
Format of Configuration Entries
In aliases.conf the format for specifying a database alias was
aliasname = /absolute/path/to/database_file
If you are not adding any database-specific configuration directives for an alias, the format is just as it was
before, e.g.,
emp = c:\Program Files\examples\empbuild\employee.fdb
** or **
emp = /opt/firebird/examples/empbuild/employee.fdb
** or **
emp = $(dir_sampleDb)/employee.fdb
A slightly more complex format is used for cases where certain non-global parameters are to be targeted at an
indvidual databases. The entry for the database is defined by the alias declaration, as previously. The database-
specific directives are listed below it, within curly brackets.
#
# Directives for MYBIGDB
MYBIGDB = opt/databases/mybigdb.fdb
{
LockMemSize = 32M # We know that MYBIGDB needs a lot of locks
LockHashSlots = 19927 # and a hash table large enough for them
}
Parameters Available
The following parameters can be copy/pasted to databases.conf and used as overrides for specific databas-
es.
Configuration Additions and Changes
50
Table 6.1. Parameters available in databases.conf
Engine-related
DatabaseGrowthIncrement DeadlockTimeout DefaultDbCachePages
EventMemSize FileSystemCacheThreshold ExternalFileAccess
GCPolicy LockAcquireSpins LockHashSlots
LockMemSize MaxUnflushedWrites MaxUnflushedWriteTime
SecurityDatabase UserManager
WireCompression WireCrypt WireCryptPlugin
Client-related
Some parameters can be configured at the client connection via the
DPB/SPB, as an alternative to configuring them in databases.
conf. Please refer back to Scope of Parameters at the beginning of
this chapter to understand these differences.
AuthClient Providers
The following parameters can be configured ONLY via the DPB/SPB
ConnectionTimeout DummyPacketInterval IpcName
RemoteAuxPort RemotePipeName RemoteServiceName
RemoteServicePort TCPNoNagle
New Parameters
New parameters added to firebird.conf are:
SecurityDatabase
Defines the name and location of the security database that stores login user names and passwords used by the
server to validate remote connections. By default, in firebird.conf, it is $(root)/security3.fdb. It
can be overridden for a specific database by a configuration in databases.conf.
AuthServer and AuthClient
Two parameters that determine what authentication methods can be used by the network server and the client
redirector. The enabled methods are listed as string symbols separated by commas, semicolons or spaces.
• Secure remote passwords (Srp), using the plug-in is the default, using the OS-appropriate plug-in (libSrp.
s0 | Srp.dll | Srp.dylib)
Configuration Additions and Changes
51
• On Windows, the Security Support Provider Interface (Sspi) is used when no login credentials are supplied
• Client applications can use legacy authentication (Legacy_Auth) to talk to old servers.
For AuthServer, Srp and Win_Sspi are listed; for AuthClient, Srp, Win_Sspi and Legacy_Auth.
To disable a method, erase the comment marker (#) and remove the unwanted method from the list.
Both parameters can be used in databases.conf. They can both be used in the DPB or the SPB for a con-
nection-specific configuration.
WireCrypt
Sets whether the network connection should be encrypted. It has three possible values: Required | Enabled |
Disabled. The default is set such that encryption is Required for connections coming in to the server and Enabled
for connections outgoing to a server.
To access a server using an older client library and, thus, no encryption, WireCrypt in the server configuration
file should be set to Enabled or Disabled to avert the default Required.
The rules are simple: if one side has WireCrypt = Required and the other sets the parameter to Disabled,
side with WireCrypt=Required rejects the connection and it is not established.
A missing WireCrypt plug-in or encryption key in cases where the channel must be encrypted also thwarts a
connection.
In all other cases, connection is established without encryption if at least one side has WireCrypt = Dis-
abled. In other cases, the encrypted connection is established.
UserManager
Sets the plug-in that will operate on the security database. It can be a list with blanks, commas or semicolons
as separators: the first plug-in from the list is used.
The default plug-in is Srp (libSrp.s0 | Srp.dll | Srp.dylib).
The UserManager parameter can be used in databases.conf for a database-specific override.
TracePlugin
Specifies the plug-in used by Firebird's Trace facility to send trace data to the client app or audit data to the
log file.
The default plug-in is fbtrace (libfbtrace.s0 | fbtrace.dll | fbtrace.dylib).
WireCryptPlugin
A wire-crypt plug-in is used to encrypt and decrypt data transferred over the network.
Configuration Additions and Changes
52
The installation default Arc4 implies use of an Alleged RC4 plug-in. The configured plug-in, which requires a
key generated by the configured authentication plug-in, can be overridden in the API for a specific connection
via the DPB or the SPB.
Tip
For information about configuring plug-ins, see Configuring Plug-ins in the Engine chapter.
KeyHolderPlugin
This parameter would represent some form of temporary storage for database encryption keys. Nothing is im-
plemented as a default plug-in but a sample Linux plug-in named libCryptKeyHolder_example.so can
be found in /plugins/.
Providers
List of allowed transports for accessing databases, discussed in the Engine chapter.
ServerMode
Determines the execution mode of the server (“server model”). Discussed in the Engine chapter.
RemoteAccess
Parameter in firebird.conf and databases.conf provides an efficient, configurable replacement for
hard-coded rules limiting access to security3.fdb. It can also be used to configure limited remote access
to any other database, including non-default security databases.
By default RemoteAccess is enabled for all databases except the security database. If you intend using more
than one dedicated security database, then disabling remote access to it (or them) via databases.conf is
recommended.
For stricter security, server-wide, you can set RemoteAccess to false in firebird.conf and use entries in
database.conf to re-enable it for specific databases.
RemoteAccess is a Boolean. It can be expressed with either true/false, 1/0 or Yes/No.
WireCompression
Alex Peshkov
Parameter in firebird.conf or databases.conf, enabling or disabling compression of data over the
wire at global or individual database level.
The default setting is disabled (= False). Settings and environment must be correct at both server and client for
WireCompression to take effect:
• To enable it at the server side, in firebird.conf and/or databases.conf, change the setting to True
Configuration Additions and Changes
53
• To activate Wirecompression from the client side, pass the appropriate tag in the config item of the DPB
or SPB call:
isc_dbp_config/isc_sbp_config <string-length> "WireCompression=true"
• Both server and client versions must be Firebird 3 or greater (protocol >=13)
See Tracker item CORE-733.
IPv6V6Only
Michael Kubecek
Parameter in firebird.conf only. (TCP ports are created before any connection is established.)
Firebird 3 supports IPv6 connections, on both client and server sides.
Server
By default, the Firebird server listens on the zero IPv6 address (::) and accepts all incoming connections, whether
IPv4 or IPv6, and IPv6V6Only is set to false (=0). If it is set to true, the server, still listening implicitly or
explicitly on the zero IPv6 address, will accept only IPv6 connections.
Note
A different listening address, either IPv4 or IPv6, can be set using the RemoteBindAddress parameter. If an
IPv4 address or a non-zero IPv6 address is used, the IPv6V6Only directive has no effect.
On POSIX platforms, in Classic mode, the parameters RemoteBindAddress, RemoteServicePort and Remote-
ServiceName are ignored by fbserver, since the listening socket is set up by (x)inetd. The listening ad-
dress and/or port need to be set in the (x)inetd.
IPv6V6Only is a Boolean. It can be expressed with either true/false, 1/0 or Yes/No.
Client
The standard text form of an IPv6 address uses the colon character to separate the four groups of digits. In the
connection string, the IPv6 address must be enclosed in square brackets, to resolve the ambiguity with the use
of the colon as the separator between the host IP address and the database path. For example:
connect '[2014:1234::5]:test';
connect '[2014:1234::5]/3049:/srv/firebird/test.fdb';
Notes
For consistency, square brackets can be optionally used around an IPv4 address or a domain name.
If a domain name is used in connection string, all addresses (IPv4 and IPv6) are tried in the order returned by
resolver until a connection is established. If all attempts fail, the client fails to connect.
Configuration Additions and Changes
54
Parameters Changed or Enhanced
The following parameters have been changed or enhanced:
ExternalFileAccess
Entries in the “Restrict” list of the ExternalFileAccess parameter can be used to mangle file names with relative
paths.
Entries in the “Restrict” list were already used to mangle file names with no path component. For example, with
ExternalFileAccess = /opt/extern
and the following sequence of commands:
SQL> create table qq external file 'zz' (x int);
SQL> insert into qq values(1);
SQL> commit;
the file /opt/extern/zz will be created.
But if something like this is submitted,
create table qq external file 'dir/zz' (x int);
the result is an error about denied access to file /opt/firebird/bin/dir/zz.
The improvement avoids this gap by mangling the file name in accord with the value of the parameter and, if
necessary, creating the missing path components, such as 'dir' in the example above.
Parameters Removed or Deprecated
The following parameters have been removed or deprecated:
RootDirectory
In older version, this parameter provided a superfluous option for recording the file system path to Firebird's
“root” files (firebird.conf, the security database and so on).
LegacyHash
This parameter used to make it possible to use the old security.fdb from Firebird 1.X installations after it
had been subjected to an upgrade script and thence to enable or disable use of the obsolete DES hash encrypting
algorithm. It is no longer supported.
Configuration Additions and Changes
55
OldSetClauseSemantics
This parameter enabled temporary support for an implementation fault in certain sequences of SET clauses in
versions of Firebird prior to v.2.5. It is no longer available.
OldColumnNaming
This parameter temporarily enabled legacy code support for an old InterBase/Firebird 1.0 bug that generated
unnamed columns for computed output which was not explicitly aliased in the SELECT specification. It is no
longer available.
LockGrantOrder
This parameter used to allow the option to have Firebird's Lock Manager emulate InterBase v3.3 lock allocation
behaviour, whereby locks would be granted in no particular order, as soon as soon as they were available, rather
than by the normal order (first-come, first-served). The legacy option is no longer supported.
Obsolete Windows priority settings
UsePriorityScheduler, PrioritySwitchDelay and PriorityBoost, which were marginally relevant to obsolete pro-
cessors on obsolete Windows versions, are no longer supported.
56
Chapter 7
Security
Security improvements in Firebird 3 include:
Location of User Lists
Alex Peshkov
CORE-685
Firebird now supports an unlimited number of security databases. Any database may act as a security database
and can be a security database for itself.
Use databases.conf to configure a non-default security database. This example configures /mnt/stor-
age/private.security.fdb as the security database for the first and second databases:
first = /mnt/storage/first.fdb
{
SecurityDatabase = /mnt/storage/private.security.fdb
}
second = /mnt/storage/second.fdb
{
SecurityDatabase = /mnt/storage/private.security.fdb
}
Here we use third database as its own security database:
third = /mnt/storage/third.fdb
{
SecurityDatabase = third
}
Note
The value of the SecurityDatabase parameter can be a database alias or the actual database path.
Creating an Alternative Security Database
To start using a separate, non-default security database, the first step is to create it, unless it already exists. An
embedded isql connection is used:
> isql -user sysdba
Security
57
SQL> create database '/mnt/storage/private.security.fdb';
Now connect to any database which will be served by the security database you are currently preparing, in order
to create its SYSDBA user:
SQL> connect first;
SQL> create user sysdba password 'sysdba-in-private-security-password';
SQL> commit;
SQL> exit;
Database Encryption
Alex Peshkov
CORE-657
With Firebird 3 comes the ability to encrypt data stored in database. Not all of the database file is encrypted:
just data, index and blob pages.
To make it possible to encrypt a database you need to obtain or write a database crypt plug-in.
Note
The sample crypt plug-in in examples/dbcrypt does not perform real encryption, it is merely a sample
of how to go about it.
Secret Key
The main problem with database encryption is how to store the secret key. Firebird provides a helper to transfer
that key from the client but that does not imply that storing the key on a client is the best way: it is no more than
a possible alternative. A very bad option is to keep the key on the same disk as the database.
Encryption Tasks
To separate encryption and key access efficiently, a database crypt plug-in is split into two parts: encryption
itself and the secret key holder. This may be an efficient approach for third-party plug-ins when you want to use
some good encryption algorithm but you have your own secret way to store a key.
Encrypting a Database
Once you have decided on a crypt plug-in and a key, you can encrypt the database with:
ALTER DATABASE ENCRYPT WITH <PLUGIN_NAME> [ KEY <key-name> ]
The optional KEY argument allows the key name to be passed in the command, if the plug-in requires it.
Security
58
Encryption will start right after this statement commits and will be performed in background. Normal database
activity is not disturbed during encryption.
Monitoring Encryption
During encryption, progress can be monitored using the field MON$CRYPT_PAGE in the pseudo-table MON
$DATABASE. For example:
select MON$CRYPT_PAGE * 100 / MON$PAGES
from MON$DATABASE
The example query will output the percentage of encryption completed so far.
You can also watch the database header page using repeated calls to gstat -e.If the database has been en-
crypted, gstat -h can also provide limited information about encryption state.
Decrypting a Database
To decrypt the database do:
ALTER DATABASE DECRYPT
For Linux, an example plug-in named libDbCrypt_example.so can be found in the /plugins/ sub-
directory.
New Authentication Method in Firebird 3
Alex Peshkov
All of the code related to authentication is plug-in-enabled. Though Firebird performs the generic work, like
extracting authentication data from a network message or putting it into such messages as appropriate, all the
activity related to calculating hashes, storing data in databases or elsewhere, using specific prime numbers and
so on is done by plug-ins.
Firebird 3 has new method of user authentication implemented as a default plugin: secure remote password
(SRP) protocol. Quoting from Wikipedia:
“The SRP protocol creates a large private key shared between the two parties in a manner similar to Diffie-
Hellman key exchange, then verifies to both parties that the two keys are identical and that both sides have
the user's password. In cases where encrypted communications as well as authentication are required, the SRP
protocol is more secure than the alternative SSH protocol and faster than using Diffie-Hellman key exchange
with signed messages. It is also independent of third parties, unlike Kerberos.”
SSH needs key pre-exchange between server and client when placing a public key on the server to make it work.
SRP does not need that. All a client needs are login and password. All exchange happens when the connection
is established.
Moreover, SRP is resistant to “man-in-the-middle” attacks.
Security
59
Important
Use of the new authentication method is not compatible with old security databases and passwords from them.
However, an upgrade procedure is available to migrate users from a Firebird 2.x security2.fdb database.
For instructions, see Upgrading a v.2.x Security Database in the Compatibility chapter.
Use of an old security database can be supported with the Legacy_Auth authentication plug-in, but this kills
the security benefits of Firebird 3.
The Firebird 3 client is built to make it possible to talk to old servers with the default configuration.
SSL/TLS Support
CORE-3251
So, the answer to the question “Does Firebird use SSL/TLS for password validation?” is “yes and no”. The “No”
answer comes because, by default, SSL is not used. That is due to a minor licensing incompatibility between
Firebird and OpenSSL, the most popular SSL implementation.
The “Yes” applies because anyone is free to write an authentication plug-in that uses SSL and TLS.
Increased Password Length
CORE-1898.
Implementation of SRP in our plugin has increased the password length from 8 bytes to 20 or more. Because of
the use of SHA1 for hashes, maximum security is provided for passwords up to 20 characters in length. Longer
passwords can be used without restriction but there is a remote possibility of hash collisions between passwords
that differ beyond the 20th byte. Just be aware of the possibility that any password longer than 20 characters
password could share the same hash with some shorter password so, theoretically, they could be attacked using
brute force.
A custom SRP plug-in could be built quite easily, using a hash algorithm that would guarantee unique hashes
for longer passwords.
Tip
The increased length limit means the default SYSDBA password in Windows and MacOS installations is the
full 'masterkey' string (9 chars), no longer 'masterke' (8 chars) as in older versions!
Support for the LegacyHash and Authentication parameters in firebird.conf has been dropped. Authentication
is overtaken by an AuthServer parameter in firebird.conf or elsewhere.
The Authentication Plug-in
The Authentication plug-in comprises three parts:
• Client—prepares data at the client to be sent to server on client
• Server—validates password for correctness
Security
60
• User Manager—adds, modifies and deletes users on the server. It is not needed if some external authentication
method, such as Windows trusted authentication, is used.
All three parts are actually separate plug-ins which should be configured separately in firebird.conf. Let's
look at an example of configuring a server to accept connections from old clients. The default setting are:
AuthServer = Srp, Win_Sspi
UserManager = Srp
To enable access from old clients, AuthServer needs to be changed:
AuthServer = Srp, Win_Sspi, Legacy_Auth
If we also want to manage the list of users in the old format we must add:
UserManager = Legacy_UserManager
Multiple User Managers
Multiple user managers can be enumerated in firebird.conf. The first member of the list of user managers
is the default. Selecting from sec$users would produce something like the following:
SQL> select SEC$USER_NAME, SEC$PLUGIN from sec$users;
SEC$USER_NAME SEC$PLUGIN
=============================== ===============================
SYSDBA Legacy_UserManager
SYSDBA Srp
QA_USER1 Srp
QA_USER2 Srp
QA_USER3 Srp
QA_USER4 Srp
QA_USER5 Srp
GUEST Srp
SHUT1 Srp
SHUT2 Srp
QATEST Srp
There might well be two users named SYSDBA in such a list, because each user manager has its own SYSDBA.
Notes
• All user management commands can have the USING PLUGIN clause, whose purpose is to enable selection
of a particular UserManager plug-in from the list in firebird.conf.
• The default user manager in firebird.conf is Srp. If you need to manage legacy logins, set it to
Legacy_UserManager, e.g., UserManager = Legacy_UserManager,Srp.
• UserManager can be configured at database level, in databases.conf.
Security
61
V. 3.0.4 SRP Security Patch
Alex Peshkov & Tony Whyman
Review of the Firebird SRP implementation in terms of the NIST guidance on the use of SHA-1 appears to
indicate that most uses of SHA-1 continue to be permitted except for its use in generating the client proof.
The SHA-256 message digest may be used instead of SHA-1 for generating the client proof. For compatibility,
SHA-1 remains the default for Firebird 3 but SHA-256 is available as an alternative from v.3.0.4 onward, until
the decision is taken to make it the default.
Plug-Ins
Separate AuthServer and AuthClient plugins are available for each supported message digest, with the following
names:
Srp SHA-1 Client Proof
Srp256 SHA-256 Client Proof
Both client and server must have an SRP authentication plug-in in common for authentication of a user's pass-
word to succeed.
Configuration Details
TheSRP UserManager is still called “Srp” and it is unchanged. Neither the user manager nor the security database
is affected by the choice of message digest used to compute the client proof.
The default configuration file entries in firebird.conf for AuthServer and AuthClient are now:
AuthServer = Srp (All platforms)
AuthClient = Srp, Srp256, Legacy_Auth (POSIX clients)
AuthClient = Srp, Srp256, Win_Sspi, Legacy_Auth (Windows clients)
With these settings, a Firebird client can use Srp to authenticate using either SHA-256 or SHA-1 to compute the
client proof and is thus backwards-compatible with Firebird 3 servers.
NIST Compliance
If you need NIST compliance and/or higher security you can set
AuthServer = Srp256
This will break compatibility with pre-3.0.4 clients.
Beware!
A deployment where both clients and server support both the legacy Srp (using SHA-1) and the Srp256 SHA-2
authentication plug-ins should be avoided, as it might enable an attacker to disrupt the Srp256 authentication,
thereby forcing Firebird to use the weaker Srp SHA-1 client proof without the user being aware of it.
Security
62
For a more detailed description, please read the document /doc/README.SecureRemotePassword.html
in your Firebird 3.0.4 installation.
"Over the wire" Connection Encryption
Alex Peshkov
CORE-672 ...
All network traffic in Firebird 3 may be optionally encrypted. As with authentication, plug-ins are used for
encrypting and decrypting network traffic.
The default plug-in is arc4 (Alleged RC4). It is eminently possible to write your own crypt plug-in to encrypt
data travelling over the wire. Whatever you use for your plug-in, it is necessary to use the Firebird 3 version
of the fbclient library.
The Secret Session Key
The challenge with use of a symmetric cypher is where to get a key for it. Firebird assumes that such a key, also
called a secret session key, is produced by the authentication plug-in at the connection establishment phase. SRP
meets this requirement just fine by producing a cryptographically strong session key.
Tip
If you want to use encryption with an authentication plug-in that does not provide the session key and agree to
use some pre-defined key, say, one stored at the client side as a file and on the server in the security database
for that specific client, then make that plug-in inform Firebird that it does have a session key.
Specifications for the Key
Specifications for the key's size, its format, how it is calculated and verified, etc., are not generalised. The key's
format and other details are specific to the wire encryption/decryption plug-in.
In particular, RC4 uses a symmetric key which can have any length, while the key produced by SRP has a
length of 20 bytes. That key is a SHA-1 hash on SRP's session key and some other SRP-related things, such
as user name.
Exporting a Key from an Authentication Plug-in
To export a key from your authentication plug-in, use the ServerBlock or the ClientBlock interface. One of these
is always passed to the server/client part of an authentication plug-in. Both have a “newKey” method that returns
a pointer to the CryptKey interface. That interface in turn has the methods setSymmetric and setAsymmetric
for storing the symmetric or asymmetric key in the interface, i.e., exporting that key.
Mapping of Users to Objects
Alex Peshkov
Security
63
Firebird 3 introduces new SQL privileges to map access between users and groups and security objects and
between databases. See Tracker item CORE-1900.
With Firebird now supporting multiple security databases, some new problems arise that could not occur with
a single, global security database. Clusters of databases using the same security database were efficiently sepa-
rated. Mappings provide the means to achieve the same efficiency when multiple databases are using their own
security databases. Some cases require control for limited interaction between such clusters. For example:
• when EXECUTE STATEMENT ON EXTERNAL DATA SOURCE requires some data exchange between
clusters
• when server-wide SYSDBA access to databases is needed from other clusters, using services.
• comparable problems that have existed on Firebird 2.1 and 2.5 for Windows, due to support for Trusted User
authentication: two separate lists of users—one in the security database and another in Windows, with cases
where it was necessary to relate them. An example is the demand for a ROLE granted to a Windows group
to be assigned automatically to members of that group.
The single solution for all such cases is mapping the login information assigned to a user when it connects to a
Firebird server to internal security objects in a database—CURRENT_USER and CURRENT_ROLE.
The Mapping Rule
The mapping rule consists of four pieces of information:
1. mapping scope—whether the mapping is local to the current database or whether its effect is to be global,
affecting all databases in the cluster, including security databases
2. mapping name—an SQL identifier, since mappings are objects in a database, like any other
3. the object FROM which the mapping maps. It consists of four items:
• The authentication source
plug-in name or
the product of a mapping in another database or
use of server-wide authentication or
any method
• The name of the database where authentication succeeded
• The name of the object from which mapping is performed
• The type of that name—user name | role | OS group—depending upon the plug-in that added that name
during authentication
Any item is accepted but only type is required.
4. the object TO which the mapping maps. It consists of two items:
• The name of the object TO which mapping is performed
• The type, for which only USER or ROLE is valid
Security
64
Syntax for MAPPING Objects
Mappings are defined using the following set of DDL statements:
{CREATE | ALTER | CREATE OR ALTER} [GLOBAL] MAPPING name
USING {
PLUGIN name [IN database] | ANY PLUGIN [IN database | SERVERWIDE] |
MAPPING [IN database] | '*' [IN database]}
FROM {ANY type | type name}
TO {USER | ROLE} [name]
--
DROP [GLOBAL] MAPPING name
Description
• Any mapping may be tagged as GLOBAL.
Global mapping works best if a Firebird 3 or higher version database is used as the security database. If
you plan to use another database for this purpose—using your own provider, for example—then you should
create a table in it named RDB$MAP, with the same structure as RDB$MAP in a Firebird 3 database and
with SYSDBA-only write access.
Beware!
If global and local mappings of the same name exist then know and make it known that they are different
objects!
• The CREATE, ALTER and CREATE OR ALTER statements use the same set of options. The name (iden-
tifier) of a mapping is used to identify it, as in other DDL command sets.
• The USING clause has a highly complicated set of options:
- an explicit plug-in name means it will work only for that plug-in
- it can use any available plug-in; although not if the source is the product of a previous mapping
- it can be made to work only with server-wide plug-ins
- it can be made to work only with previous mapping results
- it can be left to use any method, using the asterisk (*) argument
- it can be provided with the name of the database that originated the mapping for the FROM object
Note
This argument is not valid for mapping server-wide authentication.
• The FROM clause takes a mandatory argument, the type of the object named.
-> When mapping names from plug-ins, type is defined by the plug-in.
-> When mapping the product of a previous mapping, type can be only USER or ROLE.
Security
65
-> If an explicit name is provided, it will be taken into account by this mapping
-> Use the ANY keyword to work with any name of the given type.
• In the TO clause, the USER or ROLE to which the mapping is made must be specified. NAME is optional:
if it is not supplied, the name from the originating mapping is used.
Examples
The examples use the CREATE syntax. Usage of ALTER is exactly the same and the usage of DROP should
be obvious.
1. Enable use of Windows trusted authentication in all databases that use the current security database:
CREATE GLOBAL MAPPING TRUSTED_AUTH
USING PLUGIN WIN_SSPI
FROM ANY USER
TO USER;
2. Enable SYSDBA-like access for windows admins in current database:
CREATE MAPPING WIN_ADMINS
USING PLUGIN WIN_SSPI
FROM Predefined_Group
DOMAIN_ANY_RID_ADMINS
TO ROLE RDB$ADMIN;
Note
The group DOMAIN_ANY_RID_ADMINS does not exist in Windows, but such a name would be added
by the win_sspi plug-in to provide exact backwards compatibility.
3. Enable a particular user from another database to access the current database with another name:
CREATE MAPPING FROM_RT
USING PLUGIN SRP IN "rt"
FROM USER U1 TO USER U2;
Important
Database names or aliases will need to be enclosed in double quotes on operating systems that have case-
sensitive file names.
4. Enable the server's SYSDBA (from the main security database) to access the current database. (Assume
that the database is using a non-default security database):
CREATE MAPPING DEF_SYSDBA
USING PLUGIN SRP IN "security.db"
FROM USER SYSDBA
TO USER;
Security
66
5. Ensure users who logged in using the legacy authentication plug-in do not have too many privileges:
CREATE MAPPING LEGACY_2_GUEST
USING PLUGIN legacy_auth
FROM ANY USER
TO USER GUEST;
Legacy Mapping Rule
Previous versions of Firebird have one hard-coded global default rule: users authenticated in the security
database are always mapped into any database one-to-one. It is a safe rule: it makes no sense for a security
database not to trust itself!
For backward compatibility this rule is retained in Firebird 3.
Generic mapping is used to set the rule defining the user name under which the user accesses a database when
performing a request from a database using one security database to a database using a different one, or when
server-wide authentication, such as win_sspi, is used. The rule comes into action whenever the Firebird engine
is processing the authentication block associated with a request to connect to a database.
Mapping Trusted Users to CURRENT_USER and CURRENT_ROLE
Each record in an authentication block contains the name of the plug-in that added it, the type of record (user
name, OS group, role, etc.), the name of an object of the specified type (user SYSDBA, role PUBLIC, group
DOMAIN_ADMINS) and the name of the security database in which authentication took place. Under serv-
er-wide authentication, the security database name could be NULL. The mapping rule assesses all these param-
eters to define the value to assign to CURRENT_USER and CURRENT_ROLE in the resulting attachment.
In Firebird 3, an explicit mapping must exist in systems with server-wide “trusted user” authentication enabled,
including Win_Sspi authentication on Windows, in order for the system user's user name to be assigned to the
context variables CURRENT_USER and CURRENT_ROLE.
International Character Sets for User Accounts
Alex Peshkov
For creating user names and passwords, the new authentication plug-ins bring a degree of flexibility with regard
to character sets. To make use of international credentials support, it is necessary to use SRP or any other set
of authentication plug-ins that supports the new model.
Advice
Use of the legacy authentication plug-in is not recommended, except where it is necessary for connecting a client
to a server version older than Firebird 3. Legacy authentication has never supported international characters in
user names and passwords. This restriction is unchanged for Firebird 3 legacy authentication.
When writing authentication plug-ins it is unnecessary to be concerned about character sets, since all data ex-
change with the new plug-ins is done using UTF8. Just be prepared to handle user names and passwords that
contain characters beyond the range of the 7-bit ASCII character subset.
Security
67
Conditions for Non-ASCII Logins
The simple rule to follow for using non-ASCII user names and passwords is that the character set and code
page selected in the client for SQL input must match those in which the credentials are stored on the server and,
obviously, the credentials must be supplied in the specified character set. On POSIX terminals and most GUI
clients this condition is satisfied. However, there are three fairly common situations where problems could arise:
1. connecting via a Windows text console with the default OEM code page selected
2. omitting the SET NAMES command in isql
3. running scripts
Examining these situations in more detail:
1. All operating systems except Windows use same the same character set (code page, locale), by default, for
all programs. In Windows, for historical reasons, GUI applications use an ANSI code page, but applications
started on the command-line console emulator use the corresponding OEM code page. As an example, the
Russian version of Windows is uses code page 1251 (ANSI Russian) for GUI applications and code page
866 (OEM Russian) for command-line applications.
The Firebird client always uses the ANSI code page. In order to provide the fully functional behaviour of
a console application, the console must be switched to the ANSI codepage (chcp 1251 for our Russian
example).
The Windows weirdness does not stop there. Parameters passed to a Windows application, but not to 16-bit
DOS, are always passed in the ANSI encoding, even if it was started from a command-line console running
in the default OEM mode. This might give the illusion that Firebird utilities run correctly out-of-the-box
on an OEM console. However, they run correctly only as far as the international information supplied in
a command line, e.g.,
C:> isql server:database -user <intl-login> -pas <intl-password>
This works. However, as soon as you try to use a CONNECT or CREATE DATABASE command inside isql,
or to enter the password from the OEM terminal, you will encounter problems. This is inconvenient and
we apologise for that. The OEM console issues are in the plan to be fixed in a future version.
2. Currently, command-line parameters and the CONNECT and CREATE DATABASE commands in isql are not
affected by SET NAMES or the -CHarset parameter. All the other commands, particularly CREATE/AL-
TER/DROP USER, are affected by them and thus, the character set must be specified. This is very important
because, in future versions, the plan is to make all usage of international credentials depend on a character
set that is explicitly specified.
Take careful note of one very confusing use case, an attempt to set a non-ASCII password for the current
user:
SQL> alter current user set password '<intl-password>';
This command will succeed, even if the character set has not been set correctly. However, a subsequent
attempt to log in with the modified password will fail.
Security
68
3. In scripts, the first requirement is to set the correct character set for the SQL server that is to run the script,
using a SET NAMES statement. For Firebird 3, it is essential to pay attention to the locale and code page
settings in the environment in which the script is to execute. They must match the character set that is set
in the script.
Setting the locale correctly affects particularly the credentials passed to the server when attaching to it. The
rest of the script should proceed successfully even without configuring the environment properly.
In summary, if you plan to use international character credentials in the script, you DO need to attend to
the international settings in your environment.
Reminder
User names are SQL identifiers and thus conform to the same rules, i.e., enclosed in double quotes when
containing international characters or when case-sensitivity is required.
SQL Features for Managing Access
Changes in architecture, stiffening of rules for security and data integrity, along with a bucket list of feature
requests, have given rise in this release to a number of new SQL commands for managing users and access to
objects.
SQL-driven User Management
Alex Peshkov
The SQL set of DDL commands for managing user accounts has been enhanced in Firebird 3, thus improving
the capability to manage (add, modify or delete) users in a security database from a regular database attachment.
Syntax Forms
CREATE USER username [ options_list ] [ TAGS ( tag [, tag [, tag ...]] ) ]
ALTER USER username [ SET ] [ options_list ] [ TAGS ( tag [, tag [, tag ...]] ) ]
ALTER CURRENT USER [ SET ] [ options_list ] [ TAGS ( tag [, tag [, tag ...]] ) ]
CREATE OR ALTER USER username [ SET ] [ options ] [ TAGS ( tag [, tag [, tag ...]] ) ]
DROP USER username [ USING PLUGIN plugin_name ]
OPTIONS is a (possibly empty) list with the following options:
PASSWORD 'password'
FIRSTNAME 'string value'
MIDDLENAME 'string value'
LASTNAME 'string value'
ACTIVE
INACTIVE
USING PLUGIN plugin_name
Each TAG may have one of two forms:
Security
69
TAGNAME = 'string value'
or the DROP TAGNAME tag form to remove a user-defined attribute entirely:
DROP TAGNAME
Note
The tagname side of the name/value pair can be any valid SQL identifier.
Older Methods Deprecated
From Firebird 3.0, multiple security databases are supported. This capability is not supported by either the gsec
utility or the Services API. Use of both of these methods is deprecated.
Usage Details
The CREATE USER, CREATE OR ALTER USER and DROP USER clauses are available only for SYSDBA
or another user granted the RDB$ADMIN role in the security database (and logged in under that role, of course.)
The PASSWORD clause is required when creating a new user.
An ordinary user can ALTER his own password, real name attributes and tags. Any attempt to modify another
user will fail, as will an attempt to make “self” inactive or active.
If you want to modify “self”, you can use the simplified form ALTER CURRENT USER.
At least one of PASSWORD, FIRSTNAME, MIDDLENAME, LASTNAME, ACTIVE, INACTIVE or TAGS
must be present in an ALTER USER or CREATE OR ALTER USER statement.
It is not a requirement to use any of the clauses FIRSTNAME, MIDDLENAME and LASTNAME. Any of them
may be left empty or used to store short information about the user.
The INACTIVE clause is used to disable the user's login capability without dropping it. The ACTIVE clause
restores that login ability.
Quick Tip
From v.3.0.1, the statement CREATE OR ALTER USER SYSDBA PASSWORD <password> can be used
to initialize an empty securityN.fdb security database.
TAGS is a list of end-user defined attributes. The length of the string value should not exceed 255 bytes.
Setting a list of tags for the user retains previously set tags if they are not mentioned in the current list.
Note
A UID or GID that was entered by the deprecated gsec utility is treated as a tag in the SQL interface.
Examples
Security
70
Generic:
CREATE USER superhero PASSWORD 'test';
ALTER USER superhero SET FIRSTNAME 'Clark' LASTNAME 'Kent';
CREATE OR ALTER USER superhero SET PASSWORD 'IdQfA';
DROP USER superhero;
ALTER CURRENT USER SET PASSWORD 'SomethingLongEnough';
Working with tags:
ALTER USER superhero SET TAGS (a='a', b='b');
NAME VALUE
================ ==============================
A a
B b
ALTER USER superhero SET TAGS (b='x', c='d');
NAME VALUE
================ ==============================
A a
B x
C d
ALTER USER superhero SET TAGS (drop a, c='sample');
NAME VALUE
================ ==============================
B x
C sample
Displaying the list of users:
SELECT CAST(U.SEC$USER_NAME AS CHAR(20)) LOGIN,
CAST(A.SEC$KEY AS CHAR(10)) TAG,
CAST(A.SEC$VALUE AS CHAR(20)) "VALUE",
SEC$PLUGIN "PLUGIN"
FROM SEC$USERS U LEFT JOIN SEC$USER_ATTRIBUTES A
ON U.SEC$USER_NAME = A.SEC$USER_NAME;
LOGIN TAG VALUE PLUGIN
==================== ========== ==================== ===============================
SYSDBA <null> <null> Srp
SUPERHERO B x Srp
SUPERHERO C sample Srp
SYSDBA <null> <null> Legacy_UserManager
Note
Output depends upon the user management plug-in. If the legacy plug-in is used, bear in mind that some options
are not supported and will simply be ignored.
SET ROLE
Alex Peshkov
Security
71
See Tracker item CORE-1377.
The SQL2008-compliant operator SET ROLE allows the CURRENT_ROLE context variable to be set to one
that has been granted to the CURRENT_USER or to a user assigned to the database attachment as trusted (SET
TRUSTED ROLE).
Syntax Pattern for SET ROLE
Enable CURRENT_USER access to a role that has been previously granted:
SET ROLE <rolename>
Example of SET ROLE Usage
SET ROLE manager;
select current_role from rdb$database;
Displays:
ROLE
===============================
MANAGER
SET TRUSTED ROLE
The idea of a separate SET TRUSTED ROLE command is that, when the trusted user attaches to a database with-
out providing any role info, SET TRUSTED ROLE makes a trusted role (if one exists) the CURRENT_ROLE
without any additional activity, such as setting it in the DPB.
A trusted role is not a specific type of role but may be any role that was created using CREATE ROLE, or a
predefined system role such as RDB$ADMIN. It becomes a trusted role for an attachment when the security
objects mapping subsystem finds a match between the authentication result passed from the plug-in and a local
or global mapping for the current database. The role may be one that is not even granted explicitly to that trusted
user.
Notes
• A trusted role is not assigned to the attachment by default. It is possible to change this behaviour using an
appropriate authentication plug-in and a CREATE/ALTER MAPPING command.
• Whilst the CURRENT_ROLE can be changed using SET ROLE, it is not always possible to revert using
the same command, because it performs an access rights check.
Syntax Pattern
Enable access to a trusted role, if the CURRENT_USER is logged in under Trusted User authentication and
the role is available:
Security
72
SET TRUSTED ROLE
An example of the use of a trusted role is assigning the system role RDB$ADMIN to a Windows administrator
when Windows trusted authentication is in use.
GRANT/REVOKE Rights GRANTED BY Specified User
Alex Peshkov
Previously, the grantor or revoker of SQL privileges was always the current user. This change makes it so that
a different grantor or revoker can be specified in GRANT and REVOKE commands.
Syntax Pattern
grant <right> to <object> [ { granted by | as } [ user ] <username> ]
revoke <right> from <object> [ { granted by | as } [ user ] <username> ]
The GRANTED BY clause form is recommended by the SQL standard. The alternative form using AS is
supported by Informix and possibly some other servers and is included for better compatibility.
Example (working as SYSDBA)
create role r1;
grant r1 to user1 with admin option;
grant r1 to public granted by user1;
-- (in isql)
show grant;
/* Grant permissions for this database */
GRANT R1 TO PUBLIC GRANTED BY USER1
GRANT R1 TO USER1 WITH ADMIN OPTION
REVOKE ALL ON ALL
When a user is removed from the security database or another authentication source, this new command is useful
for revoking its access to all objects in the database.
Syntax Pattern
REVOKE ALL ON ALL FROM [USER] username
REVOKE ALL ON ALL FROM [ROLE] rolename
Example
# gsec -del guest
# isql employee
fbs bin # ./isql employee
Security
73
Database: employee
SQL> REVOKE ALL ON ALL FROM USER guest;
SQL>
User Privileges for Metadata Changes
Dmitry Yemanov
with Roman Simakov
In Firebird 3, the system tables are read-only. This SQL syntax provides the means to assign metadata write
privileges to specified users or roles for specified objects. See Tracker item CORE-735.
Note
Some people have been applying the nickname “DDL privileges” to this feature. Don't confuse it with “DDL
triggers”! A more useful nickname would be “Metadata privileges”.
Syntax Patterns
Granting metadata privileges:
GRANT CREATE <object-type>
TO [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name> [WITH GRANT OPTION];
GRANT ALTER ANY <object-type>
TO [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name> [WITH GRANT OPTION];
GRANT DROP ANY <object-type>
TO [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name> [WITH GRANT OPTION];
Revoking metadata privileges:
REVOKE [GRANT OPTION FOR] CREATE <object-type>
FROM [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name>;
REVOKE [GRANT OPTION FOR] ALTER ANY <object-type>
FROM [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name>;
REVOKE [GRANT OPTION FOR] DROP ANY <object-type>
FROM [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name>;
Special form for database access:
GRANT CREATE DATABASE TO [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name>;
GRANT ALTER DATABASE
TO [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name> [WITH GRANT OPTION];
GRANT DROP DATABASE
TO [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name> [WITH GRANT OPTION];
REVOKE CREATE DATABASE FROM [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name>;
REVOKE [GRANT OPTION FOR] ALTER DATABASE
FROM [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name>;
REVOKE [GRANT OPTION FOR] DROP DATABASE
FROM [USER | ROLE] <user-name> | <role-name>;
Security
74
Notes on Usage
• <object-type> can be any of the following:
CHARACTER SET COLLATION DOMAIN EXCEPTION
FILTER FUNCTION GENERATOR PACKAGE
PROCEDURE ROLE SEQUENCE TABLE
VIEW
Note
The metadata for triggers and indices are accessed through the privileges for the table that owns them.
• If the ANY option is used, the user will be able to perform any operation on any object
• If the ANY option is absent, the user will be able to perform operations on the object only if he owns it
• If the ANY option was acquired via a GRANT operation then, to revoke it, the REVOKE operation must
accord with that GRANT operation
Example
GRANT CREATE TABLE TO Joe;
GRANT ALTER ANY TABLE TO Joe;
REVOKE CREATE TABLE FROM Joe;
GRANT EXECUTE Privileges for UDFs
Dmitry Yemanov
CORE-2554: EXECUTE permission is now supported for UDFs (both legacy and PSQL based ones).
Syntax Pattern
GRANT EXECUTE ON FUNCTION <name> TO <grantee list>
[<grant option> <granted by clause>]
--
REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTION <name> FROM <grantee list>
[<granted by clause>]
Note
The initial EXECUTE permission is granted to the function owner (user who created or declared the function).
Improvement for Recursive Stored Procedures
Alex Peshkov
A recursive stored procedure no longer requires the EXECUTE privilege to call itself. See Tracker item
CORE-3242.
Security
75
Privileges to Protect Other Metadata Objects
New SQL-2008 compliant USAGE permission is introduced to protect metadata objects other than tables, views,
procedures and functions.
Syntax Pattern
GRANT USAGE ON <object type> <name> TO <grantee list>
[<grant option> <granted by clause>]
--
REVOKE USAGE ON <object type> <name> FROM <grantee list>
[<granted by clause>]
--
<object type> ::= {DOMAIN | EXCEPTION | GENERATOR | SEQUENCE | CHARACTER SET | COLLATION}
Notes
The initial USAGE permission is granted to the object owner (user who created the object).
In Firebird 3.0.0, only USAGE permissions for exceptions (CORE-2884) and generators/sequences (gen_id,
next value for: CORE-2553) are enforced. Granting privileges for character sets, collations and domains is
disabled, making these object types unavailable for any type of GRANT or REVOKE commands. Access to
them is not subject to any form of enforcement, although this could change in future releases if it is deemed
appropriate.
Pseudo-Tables with List of Users
CORE-2639.
To access lists of users and attributes, query the virtual tables SEC$USERS and SEC$USER_ATTRIBUTES.
Important
This feature depends highly on the user management plug-in. Take into an account that some options are ignored
when using the legacy user management plug-in.
The pseudo-tables are much like the MON$ family tables used for monitoring the server. The table is created
on demand when you run the statement
SELECT * FROM SEC$USERS
or
SELECT * FROM SEC$USER_ATTRIBUTES
Security
76
The output lists the users (or their attributes) in the security database that is configured for the current database
and available for management to the current user. SEC$USERS includes a field indicating whether a user has
the RDB$ADMIN role in the security database.
Restriction on DROP ROLE (v.3.0.1)
CORE-5248.
Prior to Firebird 3.0.1, any user could drop a role. This is a bug which has been fixed in sub-release 3.0.1. Now,
only the user who created the role and one who has been granted the role WITH ADMIN OPTION can drop it.
Important
To obtain the proper behavior in old databases, roles should be recreated!
77
Chapter 8
Data Definition
Language (DDL)
Quick Links
• BOOLEAN Data Type
• IDENTITY-Style Column
• Manage Nullability in Domains and Columns
• Modify Generators (Sequences)
• Alter Default Character Set
• BLOB Expressions in Computed Columns
• “Linger” Database Closure for Superserver
• New option in DROP SHADOW to Preserve the Shadow File
• New SQL for Managing Users and Access Privileges
DDL Enhancements
The following enhancements have been added to the SQL data definition language lexicon:
New Data Types
A fully-fledged Boolean type is introduced in this release, along with a surfaced emulation of the Microsoft-style
“identity” column.
BOOLEAN Data Type
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
The SQL-2008 compliant BOOLEAN data type (8 bits) comprises the distinct truth values TRUE and FALSE.
Unless prohibited by a NOT NULL constraint, the BOOLEAN data type also supports the truth value UN-
KNOWN as the null value. The specification does not make a distinction between the NULL value of this data
type and the truth value UNKNOWN that is the result of an SQL predicate, search condition, or boolean value
expression: they may be used interchangeably to mean exactly the same thing.
As with many programming languages, the SQL BOOLEAN values can be tested with implicit truth values. For
example, field1 OR field2 and NOT field1 are valid expressions.
Data Definition Language (DDL)
78
The IS Operator
Predications use the operator IS [NOT] for matching. For example, field1 IS FALSE, or field1 IS NOT TRUE.
Note
Equivalence operators (“=”, “!=”, “<>” and so on) are valid in all comparisons.
Examples
CREATE TABLE TBOOL (ID INT, BVAL BOOLEAN);
COMMIT;
INSERT INTO TBOOL VALUES (1, TRUE);
INSERT INTO TBOOL VALUES (2, 2 = 4);
INSERT INTO TBOOL VALUES (3, NULL = 1);
COMMIT;
SELECT * FROM TBOOL
ID BVAL
============ =======
1 <true>
2 <false>
3 <null>
-- Test for TRUE value
SELECT * FROM TBOOL WHERE BVAL
ID BVAL
============ =======
1 <true>
-- Test for FALSE value
SELECT * FROM TBOOL WHERE BVAL IS FALSE
ID BVAL
============ =======
2 <false>
-- Test for UNKNOWN value
SELECT * FROM TBOOL WHERE BVAL IS UNKNOWN
ID BVAL
============ =======
3 <null>
-- Boolean values in SELECT list
SELECT ID, BVAL, BVAL AND ID < 2
FROM TBOOL
ID BVAL
============ ======= =======
1 <true> <true>
2 <false> <false>
3 <null> <false>
-- PSQL Declaration with start value
DECLARE VARIABLE VAR1 BOOLEAN = TRUE;
-- Valid syntax, but as with a comparison
-- with NULL, will never return any record
Data Definition Language (DDL)
79
SELECT * FROM TBOOL WHERE BVAL = UNKNOWN
SELECT * FROM TBOOL WHERE BVAL <> UNKNOWN
Use of Boolean against other data types
Although BOOLEAN is not inherently convertible to any other datatype, from v.3.0.1 the strings 'true' and
'false' (case-insensitive) will be implicitly cast to Boolean in value expressions, e.g.,
if (true > 'false') then ...
'false' is converted to Boolean. An attempt use the Boolean operators AND, NOT, OR and IS will fail. NOT
'False', for example, is invalid.
A Boolean can be explicitly converted to and from string with CAST. UNKNOWN is not available for any
form of casting.
Other Notes
• Represented in the API with the FB_BOOLEAN type and FB_TRUE and FB_FALSE constants.
• The value TRUE is greater than the value FALSE.
Keywords INSERTING, UPDATING and DELETING
To avoid ambiguities when used in Boolean expressions, the previously non-reserved keywords INSERTING,
UPDATING and DELETING, which return True|False when tested in PSQL, have been made reserved words
in all contexts. If you have used any of these words as identifiers for database objects, columns, variables or
parameters, it will be necessary to redefine them, either with new names or by enclosing their identifiers in
double quotes.
Identity Column Type
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
An identity column is a column associated with an internal sequence generator. Its value is set automatically
when the column is omitted in an INSERT statement.
Syntax Patterns
<column definition> ::=
<name> <type> GENERATED BY DEFAULT AS IDENTITY [ (START WITH <value>) ]<constraints>
When defining a column, the optional START WITH clause allows the generator to be initialised to a value
other than zero. See Tracker ticket CORE-4199.
<alter column definition> ::=
<name> RESTART [ WITH <value> ]
A column definition can be altered to modify the starting value of the generator. RESTART alone resets the
generator to zero; the optional WITH <value> clause allows the restarted generator to start at a value other than
zero. See Tracker ticket CORE-4206.
Data Definition Language (DDL)
80
Rules
• The data type of an identity column must be an exact number type with zero scale. Allowed types are thus
SMALLINT, INTEGER, BIGINT, NUMERIC(x,0) and DECIMAL(x,0).
• An identity column cannot have DEFAULT or COMPUTED value.
Notes
• An identity column cannot be altered to become a regular column. The reverse is also true.
• Identity columns are implicitly NOT NULL (non-nullable).
• Uniqueness is not enforced automatically. A UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint is required to guar-
antee uniqueness.
• The use of other methods of generating key values for IDENTITY columns, e.g., by trigger-generator code
or by allowing users to change or add them, is discouraged to avoid unexpected key violations.
Example
create table objects (
id integer generated by default as identity primary key,
name varchar(15)
);
insert into objects (name) values ('Table');
insert into objects (name) values ('Book');
insert into objects (id, name) values (10, 'Computer');
select * from objects;
ID NAME
============ ===============
1 Table
2 Book
10 Computer
Implementation Details
Two new columns have been inserted in RDB$RELATION_FIELDS to support identity columns: RDB
$GENERATOR_NAME and RDB$IDENTITY_TYPE.
• RDB$GENERATOR_NAME stores the automatically created generator for the column. In RDB$GENER-
ATORS, the value of RDB$SYSTEM_FLAG of that generator will be 6.
• Currently, RDB$IDENTITY_TYPE will currently always store the value 1 (by default) for identity columns
and NULL for non-identity columns. In the future this column will store the value 0, too (for ALWAYS)
when Firebird implements support for this type of identity column.
Manage Nullability in Domains and Columns
A. dos Santos Fernandes
ALTER syntax is now available to change the nullability of a table column or a domain
Data Definition Language (DDL)
81
Syntax Pattern
ALTER TABLE <table name> ALTER <field name> { DROP | SET } [NOT] NULL
ALTER DOMAIN <domain name> { DROP | SET } [NOT] NULL
Notes
The success of a change in a table column from NULL to NOT NULL is subject to a full data validation on the
table, so ensure that the column has no nulls before attempting the change.
A change in a domain subjects all the tables using the domain to validation.
An explicit NOT NULL on a column that depends on a domain prevails over the domain. In this situation, the
changing of the domain to make it nullable does not propagate to the column.
Modify Generators (Sequences)
More statement options have been added for modifying generators (sequences). Where previously in SQL the
only option was ALTER SEQUENCE <sequence name> RESTART WITH <value>, now a full lexicon is
provided and GENERATOR and SEQUENCE are synonyms for the full range of commands.
RESTART can now be used on its own to restart the sequence at its previous start or restart value. A new column
RDB$INITIAL_VALUE is added to the system table RDB$GENERATORS to store that value.
A generator (sequence) can also be [re]created or altered to include an optional “step” clause to make the gen-
erator increment the series by two or more steps instead of the default 1. The clause is implemented as INCRE-
MENT BY <number> and is stored in RDB$GENERATORS in RDB$GENERATOR_INCREMENT.
Syntax Forms
{ CREATE | RECREATE } { SEQUENCE | GENERATOR } <sequence name> [ START WITH <value> ]
[ INCREMENT BY <number> ]
CREATE OR ALTER { SEQUENCE | GENERATOR } <sequence name> { RESTART | START WITH <value> }
[ INCREMENT BY <number> ]
ALTER { SEQUENCE | GENERATOR } <sequence name> RESTART [ WITH <value> ]
[ INCREMENT BY <number> ]
Function GEN_ID()
The legacy function GEN_ID(generator_name, step_value)) still works to set a one-time step value in its second
argument. If it is used, the stored RDB$GENERATOR_INCREMENT value is overridden.
Alter the Default Character Set
A. dos Santos Fernandes
Data Definition Language (DDL)
82
ALTER DATABASE
...
SET DEFAULT CHARACTER SET <new_charset>
The alteration does not change any existing data. The new default character set is used only in subsequent DDL
commands and will assume the default collation of the new character set.
BLOB Expressions in Computed Columns
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
A substring from a BLOB column can now be used to define a computed column.
For Example
ALTER TABLE ATABLE
ADD ABLOB
COMPUTED BY (SUBSTRING(BLOB_FIELD FROM 1 FOR 20))
“Linger” Database Closure for Superserver
Sometimes it is desirable to have the Superserver engine keep the database open for a period after the last
attachment is closed, i.e., to have it “linger” a while. It can help to improve performance at low cost, under
conditions where the database is opened and closed frequently, by keeping resources “warm” for next time it
is reopened.
Firebird 3.0 introduces an enhancement to ALTER DATABASE to manage this optional LINGER capability
for databases running under Superserver.
Syntax Form
ALTER DATABASE SET LINGER TO {seconds};
ALTER DATABASE DROP LINGER;
Usage
To set linger for the database do:
ALTER DATABASE SET LINGER TO 30; -- sets linger interval to 30 seconds
Either of the following forms will clear the linger setting and return the database to the normal condition (no
linger):
ALTER DATABASE DROP LINGER;
ALTER DATABASE SET LINGER TO 0;
Data Definition Language (DDL)
83
Note
Dropping LINGER is not an ideal solution for the occasional need to turn it off for some once-only condition
where the server needs a forced shutdown. The gfix utility now has the -NoLinger switch, which will close the
specified database immediately the last attachment is gone, regardless of the LINGER setting in the database.
The LINGER setting is retained and works normally the next time.
The same one-off override is also available through the Services API, using the tag isc_spb_prp_nolinger,
e.g. (in one line):
fbsvcmgr host:service_mgr user sysdba password xxx
action_properties dbname employee prp_nolinger
See also Tracker ticket CORE-4263 for some discussion of the development of this feature.
Option to Preserve Shadow File
Alex Peshkov
The DROP SHADOW command has a new option to preserve the shadow file in the filesystem:
DROP SHADOW shadow_num
[{DELETE | PRESERVE} FILE]
See Tracker ticket CORE-4955.
New SQL for Managing Users and Access Privileges
A number of new features and enhancements have been added to the DDL lexicon for managing users and their
access to objects in databases. They are described in detail in Chapter 7, Security.
SQL-driven User Management
The SQL set of DDL commands for managing user accounts has been enhanced in Firebird 3, thus improving
the capability to manage (add, modify or delete) users in a security database from a regular database attachment.
gsec is deprecated!
The command-line and shell utility gsec is deprecated from this release forward. It will continue to work with
security3.fdb but it will not work with alternative security databases.
SET ROLE and SET TRUSTED ROLE
The SQL2008-compliant operator SET ROLE allows the CURRENT_ROLE context variable to be set to one
that has been granted to the CURRENT_USER or to a user assigned to the database attachment as trusted (SET
TRUSTED ROLE).
Data Definition Language (DDL)
84
GRANTED BY Clause for Privileges
Previously, the grantor or revoker of SQL privileges was always the current user. The GRANTED BY clause
makes it so that a different grantor or revoker can be specified in GRANT and REVOKE commands.
REVOKE ALL ON ALL
When a user is removed from the security database or another authentication source, this new command is useful
for revoking its access to all objects in the database.
GRANT/REVOKE Metadata Privileges
In Firebird 3, the system tables are read-only. This SQL syntax provides the means to assign metadata write
privileges to specified users or roles for specified objects.
EXECUTE Privileges for UDFs
EXECUTE permission is now supported for UDFs (both legacy and PSQL based ones).
GRANT/REVOKE USAGE
New SQL-2008 compliant USAGE permission is introduced to protect metadata objects other than tables, views,
procedures and functions.
85
Chapter 9
Data Manipulation
Language (DML)
In this chapter are the additions and improvements that have been added to the SQL data manipulation language
subset in Firebird 3.0.
Quick Links
• Supplemental SQL 2008 Features for MERGE
• Window (Analytical) Functions
• Advanced PLAN Output
• SUBSTRING With Regular Expressions
• Inverse Hyperbolic Trig Functions
• Statistical Functions
• Enhancements to DATEADD() Internal Function
• TRIM() BLOB Arguments Lose 32 KB limit
• Alternatives for Embedding Quotes in String Literals
• SQL:2008-Compliant OFFSET and FETCH Clauses
• Prohibit Edgy Mixing of Implicit/Explicit Joins
• Support for Left-side Parameters in WHERE Clause
• RETURNING Clause Can be Aliased
• RETURNING Clause from Positioned Updates and Deletes
• Cursor Stability
• Improvements for Global Temporary Tables
• Improvements for DML Strings
• COUNT() Now Returns BIGINT
• SIMILAR TO Performance Improvement
• OR'ed Parameter in WHERE Clause
• A Little Dialect 1 Accommodation
• Embedded SQL (ESQL) Enhancements
Supplemental SQL 2008 Features for MERGE
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
In summary, support for MERGE was supplemented with the introduction of these features:
• Addition of the DELETE extension (CORE-2005)
• Enabling the use of multiple WHEN MATCHED | NOT MATCHED clauses (CORE-3639) and ability to
apply conditions to WHEN MATCHED | NOT MATCHED
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
86
• Addition of the RETURNING ... INTO ... clause (CORE-3020)
The purpose of MERGE is to read data from the source and INSERT or UPDATE in the target table according
to a condition. It is available in DSQL and PSQL.
Syntax Pattern
<merge statement> ::=
MERGE
INTO <table or view> [ [AS] <correlation name> ]
USING <table or view or derived table> [ [AS] <correlation name> ]
ON <condition>
<merge when>...
<returning clause>
<merge when> ::=
<merge when matched> |
<merge when not matched>
<merge when matched> ::=
WHEN MATCHED [ AND <condition> ] THEN
{ UPDATE SET <assignment list> | DELETE }
<merge when not matched> ::=
WHEN NOT MATCHED [ AND <condition> ] THEN
INSERT [ <left paren> <column list> <right paren> ]
VALUES <left paren> <value list> <right paren>
Rules
At least one of <merge when matched> or <merge when not matched> should be specified.
Example
MERGE INTO customers c
USING
(SELECT * FROM customers_delta WHERE id > 10) cd
ON (c.id = cd.id)
WHEN MATCHED THEN
UPDATE SET name = cd.name
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
INSERT (id, name)
VALUES (cd.id, cd.name)
Notes
A right join is made between the INTO (left-side) and USING tables using the condition. UPDATE is called
when a record exists in the left table (INTO), otherwise INSERT is called.
As soon as it is determined whether or not the source matches a record in the target, the set formed from the
corresponding (WHEN MATCHED / WHEN NOT MATCHED) clauses is evaluated in the order specified,
to check their optional conditions. The first clause whose condition evaluates to true is the one which will be
executed, and the subsequent ones will be ignored.
If no record is returned in the join, INSERT is not called.
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
87
Window (Analytical) Functions
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
According to the SQL specification, window functions (also known as analytical functions) are a kind of ag-
gregation, but one that does not “filter” the result set of a query. The rows of aggregated data are mixed with
the query result set.
The window functions are used with the OVER clause. They may appear only in the SELECT list or the ORDER
BY clause of a query.
Besides the OVER clause, Firebird window functions may be partitioned and ordered.
Syntax Pattern
<window function> ::= <window function name>([<expr> [, <expr> ...]]) OVER (
[PARTITION BY <expr> [, <expr> ...]]
[ORDER BY <expr>
[<direction>]
[<nulls placement>]
[, <expr> [<direction>] [<nulls placement>] ...]
)
<direction> ::= {ASC | DESC}
<nulls placement> ::= NULLS {FIRST | LAST}
Aggregate Functions Used as Window Functions
All aggregate functions may be used as window functions, adding the OVER clause.
Imagine a table EMPLOYEE with columns ID, NAME and SALARY, and the need to show each employee
with his respective salary and the percentage of his salary over the payroll.
A normal query could achieve this, as follows:
select
id,
department,
salary,
salary / (select sum(salary) from employee) portion
from employee
order by id;
Results
id department salary portion
-- ---------- ------ ----------
1 R & D 10.00 0.2040
2 SALES 12.00 0.2448
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
88
3 SALES 8.00 0.1632
4 R & D 9.00 0.1836
5 R & D 10.00 0.2040
The query is repetitive and lengthy to run, especially if EMPLOYEE happened to be a complex view.
The same query could be specified in a much faster and more elegant way using a window function:
select
id,
department,
salary,
salary / sum(salary) OVER () portion
from employee
order by id;
Here, sum(salary) over () is computed with the sum of all SALARY from the query (the employee table).
Partitioning
Like aggregate functions, that may operate alone or in relation to a group, window functions may also operate
on a group, which is called a “partition”.
Syntax Pattern
<window function>(...) OVER (PARTITION BY <expr> [, <expr> ...])
Aggregation over a group could produce more than one row, so the result set generated by a partition is joined
with the main query using the same expression list as the partition.
Continuing the employee example, instead of getting the portion of each employee's salary over the all-employ-
ees total, we would like to get the portion based on just the employees in the same department:
select
id,
department,
salary,
salary / sum(salary) OVER (PARTITION BY department) portion
from employee
order by id;
Results
id department salary portion
-- ---------- ------ ----------
1 R & D 10.00 0.3448
2 SALES 12.00 0.6000
3 SALES 8.00 0.4000
4 R & D 9.00 0.3103
5 R & D 10.00 0.3448
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
89
Ordering
The ORDER BY sub-clause can be used with or without partitions and, with the standard aggregate functions,
make them return the partial aggregations as the records are being processed.
Example
select
id,
salary,
sum(salary) over (order by salary) cumul_salary
from employee
order by salary;
The result set produced:
id salary cumul_salary
-- ------ ------------
3 8.00 8.00
4 9.00 17.00
1 10.00 37.00
5 10.00 37.00
2 12.00 49.00
Then cumul_salary returns the partial/accumulated (or running) aggregation (of the SUM function). It may
appear strange that 37.00 is repeated for the ids 1 and 5, but that is how it should work. The ORDER BY keys
are grouped together and the aggregation is computed once (but summing the two 10.00). To avoid this, you
can add the ID field to the end of the ORDER BY clause.
It's possible to use multiple windows with different orders, and ORDER BY parts like ASC/DESC and NULLS
FIRST/LAST.
With a partition, ORDER BY works the same way, but at each partition boundary the aggregation is reset.
All aggregation functions, other than LIST(), are usable with ORDER BY.
Exclusive window functions
Beyond aggregate functions are the exclusive window functions, currently divided into ranking and navigational
categories. Both sets can be used with or without partition and ordering, although the usage does not make much
sense without ordering.
Ranking Functions
The rank functions compute the ordinal rank of a row within the window partition. In this category are the
functions DENSE_RANK, RANK and ROW_NUMBER.
Syntax
<ranking window function> ::=
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
90
DENSE_RANK() |
RANK() |
ROW_NUMBER()
The ranking functions can be used to create different type of incremental counters. Consider SUM(1) OVER
(ORDER BY SALARY) as an example of what they can do, each of them in a different way. Following is an
example query, also comparing with the SUM behavior.
select
id,
salary,
dense_rank() over (order by salary),
rank() over (order by salary),
row_number() over (order by salary),
sum(1) over (order by salary)
from employee
order by salary;
The result set:
id salary dense_rank rank row_number sum
-- ------ ---------- ---- ---------- ---
3 8.00 1 1 1 1
4 9.00 2 2 2 2
1 10.00 3 3 3 4
5 10.00 3 3 4 4
2 12.00 4 5 5 5
The difference between DENSE_RANK and RANK is that there is a gap related to duplicate rows (relative to the
window ordering) only in RANK. DENSE_RANK continues assigning sequential numbers after the duplicate
salary. On the other hand, ROW_NUMBER always assigns sequential numbers, even when there are duplicate
values.
Navigational Functions
The navigational functions get the simple (non-aggregated) value of an expression from another row of the
query, within the same partition.
Syntax
<navigational window function> ::=
FIRST_VALUE(<expr>) |
LAST_VALUE(<expr>) |
NTH_VALUE(<expr>, <offset>) [FROM FIRST | FROM LAST] |
LAG(<expr> [ [, <offset> [, <default> ] ] ) |
LEAD(<expr> [ [, <offset> [, <default> ] ] )
Important to Note
FIRST_VALUE, LAST_VALUE and NTH_VALUE also operate on a window frame. Currently, Firebird al-
ways frames from the first to the current row of the partition, not to the last. This is likely to produce strange
results for NTH_VALUE and especially LAST_VALUE.
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
91
Example
select
id,
salary,
first_value(salary) over (order by salary),
last_value(salary) over (order by salary),
nth_value(salary, 2) over (order by salary),
lag(salary) over (order by salary),
lead(salary) over (order by salary)
from employee
order by salary;
The result set:
id salary first_value last_value nth_value lag lead
-- ------ ----------- ---------- --------- ------ ------
3 8.00 8.00 8.00 <null> <null> 9.00
4 9.00 8.00 9.00 9.00 8.00 10.00
1 10.00 8.00 10.00 9.00 9.00 10.00
5 10.00 8.00 10.00 9.00 10.00 12.00
2 12.00 8.00 12.00 9.00 10.00 <null>
FIRST_VALUE and LAST_VALUE get, respectively, the first and last value of the ordered partition.
NTH_VALUE gets the n-th value, starting from the first (default) or the last record, from the ordered parti-
tion. An offset of 1 from first would be equivalent to FIRST_VALUE; an offset of 1 from last is equivalent
to LAST_VALUE.
LAG looks for a preceding row, and LEAD for a following row. LAG and LEAD get their values within a
distance respective to the current row and the offset (which defaults to 1) passed.
In a case where the offset points outside the partition, the default parameter (which defaults to NULL) is returned.
Advanced Plan Output
Dmitry Yemanov
PLAN output can now be output in a more structured and comprehensible form, e.g.
SELECT statement
-> First [10]
-> Sort [SUM, O_ORDERDATE]
-> Aggregate
-> Sort [L_ORDERKEY, O_ORDERDATE, O_SHIPPRIORITY]
-> Inner Loop Join
-> Filter
-> Table #ORDERS# Access By ID
-> Bitmap
-> Index #ORDERS_ORDERDATE# Range Scan
-> Filter
-> Table #CUSTOMER# Access By ID
-> Bitmap
-> Index #CUSTOMER_PK# Unique Scan
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
92
-> Filter
-> Table #LINEITEM# Access By ID
-> Bitmap
-> Index #LINEITEM_PK# Unique Scan
Advanced PLAN Output in isql
New syntax SET EXPLAIN [ON | OFF ] has been added to the isql utility to surface this option. For details,
refer to SET EXPLAIN Extensions for Viewing Detailed Plans in the Utilities chapter.
Internal Functions
Additions and enhancements to the internal functions set are:
SUBSTRING with Regular Expressions
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
A substring search can now use a regular expression.
Search Pattern
SUBSTRING(<string> [NOT] SIMILAR TO <pattern> ESCAPE <char>)
Discussion: TrackerCORE-2006
For more information about the use of SIMILAR TO expressions, refer to README.similar_to.txt in the /
doc/ subdirectory of your Firebird installation.
Tip
The regex used is the SQL one. A guide is available in the DML chapter of the v.2.5 release notes and also
at the Firebird web site.
Inverse Hyperbolic Trigonometric Functions
Claudio Valderrama C.
The six inverse hyperbolic trigonometric functions have been implemented internally. They are:
ACOSH
Returns the hyperbolic arc cosine of a number (expressed in radians). Format: ACOSH( <number> )
ASINH
Returns the hyperbolic arc sine of a number (expressed in radians). Format: ASINH( <number> )
ATANH
Returns the hyperbolic arc tangent of a number (expressed in radians). Format: ATANH( <number> )
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
93
COSH
Returns the hyperbolic cosine of an angle (expressed in radians). Format: COSH( <number> )
SINH
Returns the hyperbolic sine of an angle (expressed in radians). Format: SINH( <number> )
TANH
Returns the hyperbolic tangent of an angle (expressed in radians). Format: TANH( <number> )
Statistical Functions
Hajime Nakagami
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
A suite of SQL-standards-compliant statistical functions has been implemented.
Aggregate Statistical Functions
Functions comprise Sample Variance, Population Variance, Sample Standard Deviation, Population Stan-
dard Deviation, Sample Population, Population Covariance and Coefficient of Correlation. See Tracker ticket
CORE-4717.
Syntax
<single param statistical function> ::= <single param statistical function name>(<expr>)
<single param statistical function name> := { VAR_POP | VAR_SAMP | STDDEV_POP | STDDEV_SAMP }
<dual param statistical function> ::= <dual param statistical function name>(<expr1>, <expr>>)
<dual param statistical function name> := { COVAR_POP | COVAR_SAMP | CORR }
Semantics
• NULL is returned from VAR_SAMP, STDDEV_SAMP or COVAR_SAMP if the result count is 0 or 1
• NULL is returned from VAR_POP, STDDEV_POP, COVAR_POP or CORR if the result count is 0
Syntax
SELECT STDDEV_SAMP(salary) FROM employees;
SD/Variance Function Descriptions
Function Format Description
VAR_SAMP VAR_SAMP( <expr> ) Returns the Sample Variance, equivalent to
(SUM(<expr> ^ 2) - SUM(<expr>) ^ 2 / COUNT(<expr>)) / (COUNT(<expr>) - 1)
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
94
Function Format Description
VAR_POP VAR_POP( <expr> ) Returns the the Population Variance, equivalent to
(SUM(<expr> ^ 2) - SUM(<expr>) ^ 2 / COUNT(<expr>)) / COUNT(<expr>)
STDDEV_SAMP STDDEV_SAMP( <expr> ) Returns the Sample Standard Deviation, equivalent
to
SQRT(VAR_SAMP(<expr>))
STDDEV_POP STDDEV_POP( <expr> ) Returns the Population Standard Deviation, equiva-
lent to
SQRT(VAR_POP(<expr>))
COVAR_SAMP COVAR_SAMP( <expr1>,
<expr2> )
Returns the Sample Population, equivalent to
(SUM(<expr1> * <expr2>) - SUM(<expr1>) * SUM(<expr2>) / COUNT(*)) / (COUNT(*) - 1)
COVAR_POP COVAR_POP( <expr1>,
<expr2> )
Returns the Population Covariance, equivalent to
(SUM(<expr1> * <expr2>) - SUM(<expr1>) * SUM(<expr2>) / COUNT(*)) / COUNT(*)
CORR CORR( <expr1>, <expr2> ) Returns the Coefficient of Correlation, equivalent to
COVAR_POP(<expr1>, <expr2>) / (STDDEV_POP(<expr2>) * STDDEV_POP(<expr1>))
Linear Regression Functions
The suite of REGR_* functions analyses the relationships between two sets of numeric data, considering only
sets that are not NULL in either expression. See Tracker ticket CORE-4722.
Syntax
<regr function> ::= <function name>(<expr1>, <expr2>)
<function name> := { REGR_AVGX | REGR_AVGY | REGR_COUNT | REGR_INTERCEPT |
REGR_R2 | REGR_SLOPE | REGR_SXX | REGR_SXY | REGR_SYY }
Formulae
The formulae use the following variables:
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
95
Y: <expr1> (<expr1> IS NOT NULL AND <expr2> IS NOT NULL)
X: <expr2> (<expr1> IS NOT NULL AND <expr2> IS NOT NULL)
N: COUNT of recordset unless <expr1> IS NULL OR <expr2> IS NULL
Important
Y and X are DOUBLE PRECISION. N is SMALLINT, INTEGER or BIGINT.
All functions eliminate expression pairs where either expression in the pair is NULL. If no rows remain, the
functions (except REGR_COUNT()) return NULL.
Linear Regression Function Descriptions
Function Format Description
REGR_AVGX REGR_AVGX(Y, X) Returns the average of the independent expression
(Y) in the expression pair. The return value is of type
DOUBLE PRECISION.
Formula: REGR_AVGX(Y, X) = SUM(X) / N
REGR_AVGY REGR_AVGY(Y, X) Returns the average of the dependent expression (X)
in the expression pair. The return value is of type
DOUBLE PRECISION.
Formula: REGR_AVGY(Y, X) = SUM(Y) / N
REGR_COUNT REGR_COUNT(Y, X) Returns the number of expression pairs (Y and X).
The return value is of type SMALLINT, INTEGER
or BIGINT. If no rows remain after elimination of
pairs where either expression is NULL, the function
returns 0.
Formula: REGR_COUNT(Y, X) = N
REGR_INTERCEPT REGR_INTERCEPT(Y, X) Returns the y-intercept of the regression line deter-
mined by a set of expression pairs (Y and X).
Formula: REGR_INTERCEPT(Y, X) = REGR_AVGY(Y, X) - REGR_SLOPE(Y, X) * REGR_AVGX(Y, X)
REGR_R2 REGR_R2(Y, X) Returns the square of the correlation coefficient of a
set of expression pairs (Y and X).
Formula: REGR_R2(Y, X) = POWER(CORR(Y, X),2)
REGR_SLOPE REGR_SLOPE(Y, X) Returns the slope of the regression line, determined
by a set of expression pairs (Y and X).
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
96
Function Format Description
Formula: REGR_SLOPE(Y, X) = COVAR_POP(Y, X) / VAR_POP(X)
REGR_SXX REGR_SXX(Y, X) Returns the sum of squares of the independent ex-
pression (Y) in an expression pair (Y and X).
Formula: REGR_SXX(Y, X) = N * VAR_POP(X)
REGR_SXY REGR_SXY(Y, X) Returns the sum of products of the independent ex-
pression multiplied by the dependent expression in
an expression pair (Y and X).
Formula: REGR_SXY(Y, X) = N * COVAR_POP(Y, X)
REGR_SYY REGR_SYY(Y, X) Returns the sum of squares of the dependent expres-
sion in an expression pair (Y and X).
Formula: REGR_SYY(Y, X) = N * VAR_POP(Y)
TRIM() BLOB Arguments Lose 32 KB limit
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
In prior versions, TRIM(substring from string) allowed BLOBs for both arguments, but the first argument had
to be smaller than 32 KB. Now both arguments can take BLOBs of up to 4 GB.
String Literal Limit Adjustments
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
The internal length of a string can, at some levels, be almost 64 KB. Tests demonstrated that it is safe to accept
a string literal of up to that size for writing to a text BLOB. Accordingly,
1. The (32KB - 3) “safety limit” on literal string length for writing to text BLOBs has been raised to 65,533
bytes (64KB - 3);
2. A limit, in characters, is calculated in run-time for strings that are in multi-byte character sets, to avoid
overrunning the bytes limit. For example, for a UTF8 string (max. 4 bytes/character) the run-time limit is
likely to be about (floor (65533/4)) = 16383 characters.
See Tracker ticket CORE-4881.
Enhancements to DATEADD() Internal Function
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
97
For the internal function DATEADD()
• The function now supports a fractional value for MILLISECOND. See Tracker item CORE-4457.
• the data type of input <amount> arguments has changed from INTEGER to BIGINT. See Tracker item
CORE-4310.
DML Improvements
A collection of useful DML improvements is released with Firebird 3.
Alternatives for Embedding Quotes in String Literals
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
It is now possible to use a character, or character pair, other than the doubled (escaped) apostrophe, to embed a
quoted string inside another string. The keyword q or Q preceding a quoted string informs the parser that certain
left-right pairs or pairs of identical characters within the string are the delimiters of the embedded string literal.
Syntax
<alternate string literal> ::=
{ q | Q } <quote> <alternate start char> [ { <char> }... ] <alternate end char> <quote>
Rules
When <alternate start char> is '(', '{', '[' or '<', <alternate end char> is paired up with its respective “partner”,
viz. ')', '}', ']' and '>'. In other cases, <alternate end char> is the same as <alternate start char>.
Inside the string, i.e., <char> items, single (not escaped) quotes could be used. Each quote will be part of the
result string.
Examples
select q'{abc{def}ghi}' from rdb$database; -- result: abc{def}ghi
select q'!That's a string!' from rdb$database; -- result: That's a string
SQL:2008-Compliant OFFSET and FETCH Clauses
Mark Rotteveel
New SQL:2008 compliant OFFSET and FETCH clauses provide a standard equivalent for FIRST and SKIP,
and an alternative for ROWS...TO, when fetching sets from ordered output.
• The OFFSET clause specifies the number of rows to skip
• The FETCH clause specifies the number of rows to fetch.
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
98
As with SKIP and FIRST, OFFSET and FETCH clauses can be applied independently, in both top-level and
nested query expressions. They are available in PSQL and DSQL.
Syntax Pattern
SELECT ... [ ORDER BY <expr_list> ]
[ OFFSET <simple_value_expr> { ROW | ROWS } ]
[ FETCH { FIRST | NEXT } [ <simple_value_expr> ] { ROW | ROWS } ONLY ]
<simple_value_expr> is a (numeric) literal, a DSQL parameter (?) or a PSQL named parameter (:namedpa-
rameter) that resolves to an integer data type.
Examples
-- 1:
SELECT * FROM T1 ORDER BY COL1
OFFSET 10 ROWS;
-- 2:
SELECT * FROM T1 ORDER BY COL1
FETCH FIRST 10 ROWS ONLY;
-- 3:
SELECT * FROM (
SELECT * FROM T1 ORDER BY COL1 DESC
OFFSET 1 ROW
FETCH NEXT 10 ROWS ONLY
) a
ORDER BY a.COL1
FETCH FIRST ROW ONLY;
Notes
1. The FIRST/SKIP and ROWS clauses are non-standard alternatives.
2. The OFFSET and/or FETCH clauses cannot be mixed with clauses from the FIRST/SKIP or ROWS al-
ternatives in the same query expression.
3. Expressions and column references are not allowed within either the OFFSET or the FETCH clause.
4. Unlike the ROWS clause, OFFSET and FETCH are available only in SELECT statements.
5. The “percentage FETCH” defined in the SQL standard is not supported.
6. “FETCH ... WITH TIES” defined in the SQL standard is not supported.
Prohibit Edgy Mixing of Implicit/Explicit Joins
Dmitry Yemanov
While mixing of implicit and explict join syntaxes is not recommended at all, the parser would allows them,
nevertheless. Certain “mixes” actually cause the optimizer to produce unexpected results, including “No record
for fetch” errors. The same edgy styles are prohibited by other SQL engines and now they are prohibited in
Firebird.
To visit some discussion on the subject, see the Tracker ticket CORE-2812.
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
99
Support for Left-side Parameters in WHERE Clause
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
The following style of subquery, with the parameter in the left side of a WHERE...IN (SELECT...) condition,
would fail with the error “The data type of the parameter is unknown”.
This style is now accepted. For example:
SELECT <columns> FROM table_1 t1
WHERE <conditions on table_1>
AND (? IN (SELECT some_col FROM table_2 t2 WHERE t1.id = t2.ref_id))
Important
Better SQL coding practice would be to use EXISTS in these cases; however, developers were stumbling over
this problem when using generated SQL from Hibernate, which used the undesirable style.
Enhancements to the RETURNING Clause
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
Two enhancements were added to the RETURNING clause:
RETURNING Clause Value Can be Aliased
When using the RETURNING clause to return a value to the client, the value can now be passed under an alias.
Example Without and With Aliases
UPDATE T1 SET F2 = F2 * 10
RETURNING OLD.F2, NEW.F2; -- without aliases
UPDATE T1 SET F2 = F2 * 10
RETURNING OLD.F2 OLD_F2, NEW.F2 AS NEW_F2; -- with aliases
Note
The keyword AS is optional.
RETURNING Clause from Positioned Updates and Deletes
Support has been added for a RETURNING clause in positioned (WHERE CURRENT OF) UPDATE and
DELETE statements.
Example
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
100
UPDATE T1 SET F2 = F2 * 10 WHERE CURRENT OF C
RETURNING NEW.F2;
Cursor Stability
Vlad Khorsun
Until this release, Firebird suffered from an infamous bug whereby a data modification operation could loop
infinitely and, depending on the operation, delete all the rows in a table, continue updating the same rows ad
infinitum or insert rows until the host machine ran out of resources. All DML statements were affected (INSERT,
UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE). It occurred because the engine used an implicit cursor for the operations.
To ensure stability, rows to be inserted, updated or deleted had to be marked in some way in order to avoid
multiple visits. Another workaround was to force the query to have a SORT in its plan, in order to materialize
the cursor.
From Firebird 3, engine uses the Undo log to check whether a row was already inserted or modified by the
current cursor.
Important
This stabilisation does NOT work with SUSPEND loops in PSQL.
An Improvement for GTTs
Vlad Khorsun
Global temporary tables (GTTs) are now writable even in read-only transactions. The effect is as follows.-
Read-only transaction in read-write database
Writable in both ON COMMIT PRESERVE ROWS and ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS
Read-only transaction in read-only database
Writable in ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS only
Also
• Rollback for GTT ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS is faster
• Rows do not need to be backed out on rollback
• Garbage collection in GTT is not delayed by active transactions of other connections
Note
The same refinements were also backported to Firebird 2.5.1.
An Improvement for DML Strings
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
101
Strings in DML queries are now transformed or validated to avoid passing malformed strings to the engine
internals, for example, to the MON$STATEMENTS.MON$SQL_TEXT column.
The solution adopted depends on the character set of the attachment.-
• NONE—non-ASCII characters are transformed to question marks
• Others—the string is checked for malformed characters
COUNT() Now Returns BIGINT
The COUNT() aggregator now returns its result as BIGINT instead of INTEGER.
Optimizations
Optimizations made for this release included:
SIMILAR TO
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
The performance of SIMILAR TO was improved.
OR'ed Parameter in WHERE Clause
Dmitry Yemanov
Performance for (table.field = :param or :param = -1) in the WHERE clause was enhanced.
Better Choices for Navigation
Dmitry Yemanov
Previously, when an ORDER plan was in a SELECT structure, the optimizer would choose the first index
candidate that matched the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. This “first come” approach is not the best when
multiple index choices are available. The Firebird 3 engine surveys all of the available choices and picks the
most suitable index.
See Tracker ticket CORE-4285.
Plainer Execution Path for UNION Queries
Dmitry Yemanov
Previously, the execution path for UNION queries was hierarchical, often causing redundant reads. This opti-
mization replaces the hierarchical execution path with a plainer one that improves performance.
See Tracker ticket CORE-4165.
Index Walk for Compound Index
Dmitry Yemanov
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
102
The optimizer now allows an index walk (ORDER plan) when a suitable compound index (A, B) is available
for a query condition of the style WHERE A = ? ORDER BY B.
See Tracker ticket CORE-1846.
Performance Improvement for SET STATISTICS INDEX
Vlad Khorsun
BTR_selectivity() would walk the whole leaf level of given index b-tree to calculate index selectivity. Through-
out the process, the only rescheduling would happen at a disk I/O operation. The effect was to impose long waits
for AST requests from concurrent attachments, such as page lock requests, monitoring, cancellation, etc. An
improvement in Firebird 3 seems to solve that problem.
See Tracker ticket CORE-4215.
Dialect 1 Interface
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
Selection of SQL_INT64, SQL_DATE and SQL_TIME in dialect 1 was enabled.
See Tracker CORE-3972
Embedded SQL (ESQL) Enhancements
Dmitry Yemanov
Two enhancements were included in the Embedded SQL subset in this release:
Support for UPDATE OR INSERT statement
See Tracker ticket CORE-4438
Support for the RETURNING clause
See Tracker ticket CORE-4437
Context Variables
Context variables added in v.3.0.4:
WIRE_COMPRESSED and WIRE_ENCRYPTED
Vlad Khorsun
Firebird v.3.0.4: Context variables WIRE_COMPRESSED and WIRE_ENCRYPTED were added to the SYSTEM
namespace to report compression and encryption status, respectively, of the current connection:
WIRE_COMPRESSED
Compression status of the current connection. If the connection is compressed, returns TRUE; if it is not
compressed, returns FALSE. Returns NULL if the connection is embedded.
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
103
WIRE_ENCRYPTED
Encryption status of the current connection. If the connection is encrypteed, returns TRUE; if it is not en-
crypted, returns FALSE. Returns NULL if the connection is embedded.
LOCALTIME and LOCALTIMESTAMP
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
Firebird v.3.0.4: Context variables LOCALTIME and LOCALTIMESTAMP were added as synonyms
for CURRENT_TIME and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, respectively, in anticipation of CURRENT_TIME and
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP being redefined in Firebird 4 to represent the time and timestamp in UTC time, to
comply with the SQL standards.
LOCALTIME
Returns a timestamp carrying no date part. The time part registers the time of day, to thousandths of a second,
when execution of the current statement began. If the statement results in multiple operations, the timestamp
written to all records created or updated will be the same.
LOCALTIMESTAMP
Returns a timestamp registering the date and the time of day, to thousandths of a second, when execution
of the current statement began. If the statement results in multiple operations, all records created or updated
will have the same timestamp.
104
Chapter 10
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
Advancements in procedural SQL (PSQL) include:
Quick Links
• PSQL Stored Functions
• PSQL Subroutines
• Packages
• DDL Triggers
• Exceptions with Parameters
• CONTINUE in Looping Logic
• PSQL Cursor Stabilization
• PSQL Cursors as Variables
• SQLSTATE Now Valid in Exception Trap
• Some Size Limits Removed Using New API
PSQL Stored Functions
Dmitry Yemanov
It is now possible to write a scalar function in PSQL and call it just like an internal function.
Syntax for the DDL
{CREATE [OR ALTER] | ALTER | RECREATE} FUNCTION <name>
[(param1 [, ...])]
RETURNS <type>
AS
BEGIN
...
END
Tip
The CREATE statement is the declaration syntax for PSQL functions, parallel to DECLARE for legacy UDFs.
Example
CREATE FUNCTION F(X INT) RETURNS INT
AS
BEGIN
RETURN X+1;
END;
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
105
SELECT F(5) FROM RDB$DATABASE;
PSQL Sub-routines
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
The header of a PSQL module (stored procedure, stored function, trigger, executable block) can now accept
sub-procedure and sub-function blocks in the header declarations for use within the body of the module.
Syntax for Declaring a Sub-procedure
DECLARE PROCEDURE <name> [(param1 [, ...])]
[RETURNS (param1 [, ...])]
AS
...
Syntax for declaring a Sub-function
DECLARE FUNCTION <name> [(param1 [, ...])]
RETURNS <type>
AS
...
Examples
SET TERM ^;
--
-- Sub-function in EXECUTE BLOCK
--
EXECUTE BLOCK RETURNS (N INT)
AS
DECLARE FUNCTION F(X INT) RETURNS INT
AS
BEGIN
RETURN X+1;
END
BEGIN
N = F(5);
SUSPEND;
END ^
--
-- Sub-function inside a stored function
--
CREATE OR ALTER FUNCTION FUNC1 (n1 INTEGER, n2 INTEGER)
RETURNS INTEGER
AS
DECLARE FUNCTION SUBFUNC (n1 INTEGER, n2 INTEGER)
RETURNS INTEGER
AS
BEGIN
RETURN n1 + n2;
END
BEGIN
RETURN SUBFUNC(n1, n2);
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
106
END ^
--
select func1(5, 6) from rdb$database ^
Packages
A. dos Santos Fernandes
Acknowledgement
This feature was sponsored with donations gathered at the fifth Brazilian Firebird Developers' Day, 2008
A package is a group of procedures and functions managed as one entity. The notion of “packaging” the code
components of a database operation addresses several objectives:
Modularisation
The idea is to separate blocks of interdependent code into logical modules, as programming languages do.
In programming it is well recognised that grouping code in various ways, in namespaces, units or classes,
for example, is a good thing. With standard procedures and functions in the database this is not possible.
Although they can be grouped in different script files, two problems remain:
1. The grouping is not represented in the database metadata.
2. Scripted routines all participate in a flat namespace and are callable by everyone (we are not referring
to security permissions here).
To facilitate dependency tracking
We want a mechanism to facilitate dependency tracking between a collection of related internal routines, as
well as between this collection and other routines, both packaged and unpackaged.
Firebird packages come in two parts: a header (keyword PACKAGE) and a body (keyword PACKAGE
BODY). This division is very similar to a Delphi unit, the header corresponding to the interface part and the
body corresponding to the implementation part.
The header is created first (CREATE PACKAGE) and the body (CREATE PACKAGE BODY) follows.
Whenever a packaged routine determines that it uses a certain database object, a dependency on that object is
registered in Firebird system tables. Thereafter, to drop, or maybe alter that object, you first need to remove
what depends on it. As it is a package body that depends on it, that package body can just be dropped,
even if some other database object depends on this package. When the body is dropped, the header remains,
allowing you to recreate its body once the changes related to the removed object are done.
To facilitate permission management
It is good practice in general to create routines to require privileged use and to use roles or users to enable
the privileged use. As Firebird runs routines with the caller privileges, it is necessary also to grant resource
usage to each routine when these resources would not be directly accessible to the caller. Usage of each
routine needs to be granted to users and/or roles.
Packaged routines do not have individual privileges. The privileges act on the package. Privileges granted
to packages are valid for all package body routines, including private ones, but are stored for the package
header.
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
107
For example:
GRANT SELECT ON TABLE secret TO PACKAGE pk_secret;
GRANT EXECUTE ON PACKAGE pk_secret TO ROLE role_secret;
To enable “private scope”
This objective was to introduce private scope to routines; that is, to make them available only for internal
usage within the defining package.
All programming languages have the notion of routine scope, which is not possible without some form of
grouping. Firebird packages also work like Delphi units in this regard. If a routine is not declared in the
package header (interface) and is implemented in the body (implementation), it becomes a private routine.
A private routine can only be called from inside its package.
Signatures
For each routine that is assigned to a package, elements of a digital signature (the set of [routine name, parameters
and return type]) are stored in the system tables.
The signature of a procedure or routine can be queried, as follows:
SELECT...
-- sample query to come
Packaging Syntax
<package_header> ::=
{ CREATE [OR ALTER] | ALTER | RECREATE } PACKAGE <name>
AS
BEGIN
[ <package_item> ... ]
END
<package_item> ::=
<function_decl> ; |
<procedure_decl> ;
<function_decl> ::=
FUNCTION <name> [( <parameters> )] RETURNS <type>
<procedure_decl> ::=
PROCEDURE <name> [( <parameters> ) [RETURNS ( <parameters> )]]
<package_body> ::=
{ CREATE | RECREATE } PACKAGE BODY <name>
AS
BEGIN
[ <package_item> ... ]
[ <package_body_item> ... ]
END
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
108
<package_body_item> ::=
<function_impl> |
<procedure_impl>
<function_impl> ::=
FUNCTION <name> [( <parameters> )] RETURNS <type>
AS
BEGIN
...
END
|
FUNCTION <name> [( <parameters> )] RETURNS <type>
EXTERNAL NAME '<name>' ENGINE <engine>
<procedure_impl> ::=
PROCEDURE <name> [( <parameters> ) [RETURNS ( <parameters> )]]
AS
BEGIN
...
END
|
PROCEDURE <name> [( <parameters> ) [RETURNS ( <parameters> )]]
EXTERNAL NAME '<name>' ENGINE <engine>
<drop_package_header> ::=
DROP PACKAGE <name>
<drop_package_body> ::=
DROP PACKAGE BODY <name>
Syntax rules
• All routines declared in the header and at the start of the body should be implemented in the body with the
same signature, i.e., you cannot declare the routine in different ways in the header and in the body.
• Default values for procedure parameters cannot be redefined in <package_item> and <package_body_item>.
They can be in <package_body_item> only for private procedures that are not declared.
Notes
• DROP PACKAGE drops the package body before dropping its header.
• The source of package bodies is retained after ALTER/RECREATE PACKAGE. The column RDB
$PACKAGES.RDB$VALID_BODY_FLAG indicates the state of the package body. See Tracker item
CORE-4487.
• UDF declarations (DECLARE EXTERNAL FUNCTION) are currently not supported inside packages.
• Syntax is available for a description (COMMENT ON) for package procedures and functions and their
parameters. See Tracker item CORE-4484.
Simple Packaging Example
SET TERM ^;
-- package header, declarations only
CREATE OR ALTER PACKAGE TEST
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
109
AS
BEGIN
PROCEDURE P1(I INT) RETURNS (O INT); -- public procedure
END
-- package body, implementation
RECREATE PACKAGE BODY TEST
AS
BEGIN
FUNCTION F1(I INT) RETURNS INT; -- private function
PROCEDURE P1(I INT) RETURNS (O INT)
AS
BEGIN
END
FUNCTION F1(I INT) RETURNS INT
AS
BEGIN
RETURN 0;
END
END ^
Note
More examples can be found in the Firebird installation, in ../examples/package/.
DDL triggers
A. dos Santos Fernandes
Acknowledgement
This feature was sponsored with donations gathered at the fifth Brazilian Firebird Developers' Day, 2008
The purpose of a “DDL trigger” is to enable restrictions to be placed on users who attempt to create, alter or
drop a DDL object.
Syntax Pattern
<database-trigger> ::=
{CREATE | RECREATE | CREATE OR ALTER}
TRIGGER <name>
[ACTIVE | INACTIVE]
{BEFORE | AFTER} <ddl event>
[POSITION <n>]
AS
BEGIN
...
END
<ddl event> ::=
ANY DDL STATEMENT
| <ddl event item> [{OR <ddl event item>}...]
<ddl event item> ::=
CREATE TABLE
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
110
| ALTER TABLE
| DROP TABLE
| CREATE PROCEDURE
| ALTER PROCEDURE
| DROP PROCEDURE
| CREATE FUNCTION
| ALTER FUNCTION
| DROP FUNCTION
| CREATE TRIGGER
| ALTER TRIGGER
| DROP TRIGGER
| CREATE EXCEPTION
| ALTER EXCEPTION
| DROP EXCEPTION
| CREATE VIEW
| ALTER VIEW
| DROP VIEW
| CREATE DOMAIN
| ALTER DOMAIN
| DROP DOMAIN
| CREATE ROLE
| ALTER ROLE
| DROP ROLE
| CREATE SEQUENCE
| ALTER SEQUENCE
| DROP SEQUENCE
| CREATE USER
| ALTER USER
| DROP USER
| CREATE INDEX
| ALTER INDEX
| DROP INDEX
| CREATE COLLATION
| DROP COLLATION
| ALTER CHARACTER SET
| CREATE PACKAGE
| ALTER PACKAGE
| DROP PACKAGE
| CREATE PACKAGE BODY
| DROP PACKAGE BODY
Semantics
1. BEFORE triggers are fired before changes to the system tables. AFTER triggers are fired after system table
changes.
Important Rule
The event type [BEFORE | AFTER] of a DDL trigger cannot be changed.
2. When a DDL statement fires a trigger that raises an exception (BEFORE or AFTER, intentionally or un-
intentionally) the statement will not be committed. That is, exceptions can be used to ensure that a DDL
operation will fail if the conditions are not precisely as intended.
3. DDL trigger actions are executed only when committing the transaction in which the affected DDL com-
mand runs. Never overlook the fact that what is possible to do in an AFTER trigger is exactly what is
possible to do after a DDL command without autocommit. You cannot, for example, create a table in the
trigger and use it there.
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
111
4. With “CREATE OR ALTER” statements, a trigger is fired one time at the CREATE event or the ALTER
event, according to the previous existence of the object. With RECREATE statements, a trigger is fired for
the DROP event if the object exists, and for the CREATE event.
5. ALTER and DROP events are generally not fired when the object name does not exist. For the exception,
see point 6.
6. The exception to rule 5 is that BEFORE ALTER/DROP USER triggers fire even when the user name does
not exist. This is because, underneath, these commands perform DML on the security database and the
verification is not done before the command on it is run. This is likely to be different with embedded users,
so do not write code that depends on this.
7. If some exception is raised after the DDL command starts its execution and before AFTER triggers are
fired, AFTER triggers will not be fired.
8. Packaged procedures and triggers do not fire individual {CREATE | ALTER | DROP} {PROCEDURE
| FUNCTION} triggers.
Permissions
The following users can create, alter or drop DDL triggers and access the trigger-related switches in the Firebird
utilities:
• the database owner
• SYSDBA
• a user logged in under the RDB$ADMIN role
• a user having the ALTER DATABASE metadata privilege
Support in Utilities
A DDL trigger is a type of database trigger, so the parameters -nodbtriggers (GBAK and ISQL) and -T
(NBACKUP) apply to them. Remember that only users with the appropriate metadata privileges can use these
switches.
DDL_TRIGGER Context Namespace
The introduction of DDL triggers brings with it the new DDL_TRIGGER namespace for use with RDB
$GET_CONTEXT. Its usage is valid only when a DDL trigger is running. Its use is valid in stored procedures
and functions called by DDL triggers.
The DDL_TRIGGER context works like a stack. Before a DDL trigger is fired, the values relative to the exe-
cuted command are pushed onto this stack. After the trigger finishes, the values are popped. So in the case of
cascade DDL statements, when an user DDL command fires a DDL trigger and this trigger executes another
DDL command with EXECUTE STATEMENT, the values of the DDL_TRIGGER namespace are the ones
relative to the command that fired the last DDL trigger on the call stack.
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
112
Elements of DDL_TRIGGER Context
• EVENT_TYPE: event type (CREATE, ALTER, DROP)
• OBJECT_TYPE: object type (TABLE, VIEW, etc)
• DDL_EVENT: event name (<ddl event item>), where <ddl_event_item> is EVENT_TYPE || ' ' ||
OBJECT_TYPE
• OBJECT_NAME: metadata object name
• OLD_OBJECT_NAME: for tracking the renaming of a domain (see note)
• NEW_OBJECT_NAME: for tracking the renaming of a domain (see note)
• SQL_TEXT: sql statement text
Note
ALTER DOMAIN <old name> TO <new name> sets OLD_OBJECT_NAME and NEW_OBJECT_NAME
in both BEFORE and AFTER triggers. For this command, OBJECT_NAME will have the old object name in
BEFORE triggers and the new object name in AFTER triggers.
Examples Using DDL Triggers
Here is how you might use a DDL trigger to enforce a consistent naming scheme, in this case, stored procedure
names should begin with the prefix “SP_”:
set auto on;
create exception e_invalid_sp_name 'Invalid SP name (should start with SP_)';
set term !;
create trigger trig_ddl_sp before CREATE PROCEDURE
as
begin
if (rdb$get_context('DDL_TRIGGER', 'OBJECT_NAME') not starting 'SP_') then
exception e_invalid_sp_name;
end!
-- Test
create procedure sp_test
as
begin
end!
create procedure test
as
begin
end!
-- The last command raises this exception and procedure TEST is not created
-- Statement failed, SQLSTATE = 42000
-- exception 1
-- -E_INVALID_SP_NAME
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
113
-- -Invalid SP name (should start with SP_)
-- -At trigger 'TRIG_DDL_SP' line: 4, col: 5
set term ;!
Implement custom DDL security, in this case restricting the running of DDL commands to certain users:
create exception e_access_denied 'Access denied';
set term !;
create trigger trig_ddl before any ddl statement
as
begin
if (current_user <> 'SUPER_USER') then
exception e_access_denied;
end!
-- Test
create procedure sp_test
as
begin
end!
-- The last command raises this exception and procedure SP_TEST is not created
-- Statement failed, SQLSTATE = 42000
-- exception 1
-- -E_ACCESS_DENIED
-- -Access denied
-- -At trigger 'TRIG_DDL' line: 4, col: 5
set term ;!
Use a trigger to log DDL actions and attempts:
create sequence ddl_seq;
create table ddl_log (
id bigint not null primary key,
moment timestamp not null,
user_name varchar(31) not null,
event_type varchar(25) not null,
object_type varchar(25) not null,
ddl_event varchar(25) not null,
object_name varchar(31) not null,
sql_text blob sub_type text not null,
ok char(1) not null
);
set term !;
create trigger trig_ddl_log_before before any ddl statement
as
declare id type of column ddl_log.id;
begin
-- We do the changes in an AUTONOMOUS TRANSACTION, so if an exception happens
-- and the command didn't run, the log will survive.
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
114
in autonomous transaction do
begin
insert into ddl_log (id, moment, user_name, event_type, object_type,
ddl_event, object_name, sql_text, ok)
values (next value for ddl_seq, current_timestamp, current_user,
rdb$get_context('DDL_TRIGGER', 'EVENT_TYPE'),
rdb$get_context('DDL_TRIGGER', 'OBJECT_TYPE'),
rdb$get_context('DDL_TRIGGER', 'DDL_EVENT'),
rdb$get_context('DDL_TRIGGER', 'OBJECT_NAME'),
rdb$get_context('DDL_TRIGGER', 'SQL_TEXT'),
'N')
returning id into id;
rdb$set_context('USER_SESSION', 'trig_ddl_log_id', id);
end
end!
-- Note: the above trigger will fire for this DDL command. It's good idea to
-- use -nodbtriggers when working with them!
create trigger trig_ddl_log_after after any ddl statement
as
begin
-- Here we need an AUTONOMOUS TRANSACTION because the original transaction
-- will not see the record inserted on the BEFORE trigger autonomous
-- transaction if user transaction is not READ COMMITTED.
in autonomous transaction do
update ddl_log set ok = 'Y'
where id = rdb$get_context('USER_SESSION', 'trig_ddl_log_id');
end!
commit!
set term ;!
-- Delete the record about trig_ddl_log_after creation.
delete from ddl_log;
commit;
-- Test
-- This will be logged one time
-- (as T1 did not exist, RECREATE acts as CREATE) with OK = Y.
recreate table t1 (
n1 integer,
n2 integer
);
-- This will fail as T1 already exists, so OK will be N.
create table t1 (
n1 integer,
n2 integer
);
-- T2 does not exist. There will be no log.
drop table t2;
-- This will be logged twice
-- (as T1 exists, RECREATE acts as DROP and CREATE) with OK = Y.
recreate table t1 (
n integer
);
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
115
commit;
select id, ddl_event, object_name, sql_text, ok
from ddl_log order by id;
ID DDL_EVENT OBJECT_NAME SQL_TEXT OK
===================== ========================= ======================= ================= ======
2 CREATE TABLE T1 80:3 Y
======================================================================
SQL_TEXT:
recreate table t1 (
n1 integer,
n2 integer
)
======================================================================
3 CREATE TABLE T1 80:2 N
======================================================================
SQL_TEXT:
create table t1 (
n1 integer,
n2 integer
)
======================================================================
4 DROP TABLE T1 80:6 Y
======================================================================
SQL_TEXT:
recreate table t1 (
n integer
)
======================================================================
5 CREATE TABLE T1 80:9 Y
======================================================================
SQL_TEXT:
recreate table t1 (
n integer
)
======================================================================
Scrollable (Bi-directional) Cursor Support
Dmitry Yemanov
Instead of just fetching rows sequentially in a forward direction, “scrollability” allows flexible navigation
through an open cursor set both backwards and forwards. Rows next to, prior to and relative to the current cursor
row can be targetted. In PSQL, a scrollable cursor can be operated on directly. API support is available to enable
DSQL applications to fetch rows in a similar manner.
Cursor Syntax for PSQL
To declare a cursor:
DECLARE <name> SCROLL CURSOR FOR ( <select expression> )
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
116
To fetch forward:
FETCH <cursor name> [INTO <var name> [, <var name> ...]];
To fetch in any direction:
FETCH {NEXT | PRIOR | FIRST | LAST | ABSOLUTE <n> | RELATIVE <n>}
FROM <cursor name> [INTO <var name> [, <var name> ...]];
See also Scrollable Cursor Support for DSQL in the chapter entitled [Changes to the Firebird API and ODS]. The
section entitled Scrollable Cursor Usage explains a little more about the usage of the various FETCH options.
Notes
1. When a scrolling option is omitted, NO SCROLL is implied (i.e., the cursor is opened as forward-only).
This means that only FETCH [NEXT FROM] commands can be used. Other commands will return an
error.
2. Scrollable cursors are internally materialized as a temporary record set, thus consuming memory/disk
resources, so this feature should be used only when really necessary.
Exceptions with parameters
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
An exception can now be defined with a message containing slots for parameters which are filled and passed
when raising the exception, using the syntax pattern
EXCEPTION <name> USING ( <value list> )
Examples
create exception e_invalid_val 'Invalid value @1 for the field @2';
...
if (val < 1000) then
thing = val;
else
exception e_invalid_val using (val, 'thing');
end
CREATE EXCEPTION EX_BAD_SP_NAME
'Name of procedures must start with ''@1'' : ''@2''';
CREATE TRIGGER TRG_SP_CREATE BEFORE CREATE PROCEDURE
AS
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
117
DECLARE SP_NAME VARCHAR(255);
BEGIN
SP_NAME = RDB$GET_CONTEXT('DDL_TRIGGER', 'OBJECT_NAME');
IF (SP_NAME NOT STARTING 'SP_')
THEN EXCEPTION EX_BAD_SP_NAME USING ('SP_', SP_NAME);
END;
Notes
The status vector is generated using this code combination: isc_except, <exception number>,
isc_formatted_exception, <formatted exception message>, <exception parameters>
Since a new error code (isc_formatted_exception) is used, the client must be v.3.0, or at least use the fire-
bird.msg file from v.3.0, in order to translate the status vector to a string.
Considering, in left-to-right order, each parameter passed in the exception-raising statement as “the Nth”, with
N starting at 1:
• If an Nth parameter is not passed, the text is not substituted.
• If NULL is passed, it is replaced by the string '*** null ***'.
• If more parameters are passed than are defined in the exception message, the surplus ones are ignored.
• The total length of the message, including the values of the parameters, is still limited to 1053 bytes.
CONTINUE in Looping Logic
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
CONTINUE is a complementary command to BREAK/LEAVE, allowing flow of control to break (leave) and
start of the next iteration of a FOR/WHILE loop.
Syntax
CONTINUE [<label>];
Example
FOR SELECT A, D FROM ATABLE INTO :achar, :ddate
DO BEGIN
IF (ddate < current_data - 30) THEN
CONTINUE;
ELSE
/* do stuff */
...
END
PSQL Cursor Stabilization
Vlad Khorsun
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
118
PSQL cursors without SUSPEND inside are now stable:
FOR SELECT ID FROM T WHERE VAL IS NULL INTO :ID
DO BEGIN
UPDATE T SET VAL = 1
WHERE ID = :ID;
END
Previously, this block would loop interminably. Now, the loop will not select the value if it was set within the
loop.
Note
This could change the behaviour of legacy code.
If there is a SUSPEND inside the block, the old instability remains: this query, for example, still produces the
infinite loop:
FOR SELECT ID FROM T INTO :ID
DO BEGIN
INSERT INTO T (ID) VALUES (:ID);
SUSPEND;
END
Extension of Colon Prefix Usage
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
Hitherto, the colon (:) prefix has been used in PSQL to mark a reference to a variable in DML statements. Its
use has been extended in Firebird 3 for two unrelated purposes:
1. to allow OLD/NEW fields in cursors to be read or assigned to and to assign them to variables.
2. to make variable assignment in both DML and PSQL statements in modules and blocks more flexible and,
where needed, to resolve ambiguity between field names and variable names
PSQL Cursors as Variables
Referencing cursors as record variables is now supported in PSQL. Either explicit (DECLARE AS CURSOR)
or implicit (FOR SELECT) PSQL cursors make their current record available via the cursor name, thus making
the INTO clause optional.
In FOR SELECT loops, it requires the AS CURSOR clause to be specified. For example:
execute block as
begin
for
select id, x from t1 as cursor c1
do begin
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
119
for select id, x from t2 where x = :c1.x as cursor c2 do
begin
/* . . . */
end
end
end
Note
Notice the extension of the use of a colon (:) as a prefix to the referenced cursor field.
Another example
for
select rdb$relation_id as id, rdb$relation_name as name
from rdb$relations
where rdb$view_blr is null
as cursor tables
do begin
out_id = tables.id;
out_name = tables.name;
suspend;
end
To avoid ambiguity, the colon prefix could be used:
out_id = :tables.id;
out_name = :tables.name;
/* or */
:out_id = :tables.id;
:out_name = :tables.name;
“tables” here is a cursor name and acts similarly to OLD/NEW in triggers.
Colon Prefix as a Variable Marker
It is now valid to apply the colon prefix to a variable on either side of an assignment statement in PSQL-only
constructs.
Previously, these were valid assignments:
var1 = :var2;
/* or */
new.fld = :var;
whereas, these were invalid:
:var1 = :var2;
/* or */
:new.fld = :var;
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
120
The extension (CORE-4434) fixes this inconsistency.
This is now valid syntax:
create trigger t1 before insert on t1
as
declare v integer;
begin
:v = :old.n;
:new.n = :v;
end
In fact, using this example, there is no difference between
:v = :old.n;
/* and */
v = :old.n;
Here, it is just “syntactic sugar” but, in other cases, it provides the means to resolve ambiguity between field
name references and variable names.
Example of possible ambiguity
for
select rdb$relation_id as id, rdb$relation_name as name
from rdb$relations
where rdb$view_blr is null
as cursor tables
do begin
out_id = :table.id;
select tables.name from tables where tables.id = :tables.id into :out_name;
suspend;
end
Inside the nested SELECT, “tables” is both a table name and a cursor name here, so the colon is used to resolve
the ambiguity.
SQLSTATE in Exception Handlers
Dmitry Yemanov
An SQLSTATE code becomes a valid condition for trapping an exception with a WHEN statement. In alignment
with SQLCODE and GDSCODE, the SQLSTATE code can be used as in the following snippet:
...
WHEN SQLSTATE '22006' DO
BEGIN
-- do something
END
...
Procedural SQL (PSQL)
121
Note
SQLSTATE codes are string literals.
EXECUTE BLOCK Run-time Errors
From v.3.0.1, line and column numbers (location context) are now provided for run-time errors raised inside
EXECUTE BLOCK.
PSQL Body Size Limit Raised
If and only if the new API is being used, the size of the body of a stored procedure or a trigger can exceed the
traditional limit of 32 KB. Currently, as a security measure, a hard-coded limit of 10MB is imposed, although the
theoretical limit is 4GB. The traditional size of all input or output parameters no longer limited to the traditional
size of (64KB minus overhead), either.
For details, see Some SQL Size Limits Removed Using New API in the API chapter.
122
Chapter 11
Monitoring &
Command-line Utilities
No new monitoring features or other utilities are released with Firebird 3.0. Existing features have undergone
a few improvements.
Monitoring
> Dmitry Yemanov
Several changes have been made to the set of virtual tables storing the monitoring information. These are listed
in the System Tables section of Chapter 4, Changes to the Firebird API and ODS.
Remote Client Recognition
From this version forward, the port number of the remote client address for TCPv4 and TCPv6 protocols is
included in MON$ATTACHMENTS.MON$REMOTE_ADDRESS. A new column in that table also reports the host
name of the remote client. For details, see Changes to Client Address Reporting in the same chapter.
Tracing
Latest improvements to the Trace functions include:
• Trace output now supports showing the explained plan. See Tracker CORE-4451 (V. Khorsun).
• Tracing execution of stored functions. See Tracker CORE-4345 (V. Khorsun).
• Trace no longer ignores the fact that users from different security databases are actually different users.
It now “knows” in which security database a particular SYSDBA was authenticated or where a privileged
user's elevated privileges are established. It is no longer possible, for example, for a user named SYSDBA
to access security3.fdb if it is not currently authenticated for that access. See See Tracker CORE-4851
(A. Peshkov).
gbak
New “Skip Data” Backup Option
Alex Peshkov
Monitoring & Command-line Utilities
123
gbak has a new option switch-- -skip_d(ata) to ignore the data from specific tables during a backup.
The switch -skip_d(ata) accepts a regular expression as its argument. For example, to skip two tables in the
employee database (aliased here as 'employee'):
gbak -skip_d '(sales|customer)' employee e1.fbk
Tip
The regex used is the SQL one—the same one that is used for Firebird's SIMILAR TO searches. A guide is
available in the DML chapter of the v.2.5 release notes and also at the Firebird web site.
Long Names for Log Files
Alex Peshkov
This improvement allows the gbak log to take an extra-long name without encountering the message “Attempt
to store 256 bytes in a clumplet”.
Run-time Statistics in Verbose Output
Vlad Khorsun
gbak can now show some runtime statistics in its verbose output. A new command-line switch -STATISTICS
has been added to specify which statistics items should be produced. Currently, four items are implemented:
Table 11.1. Arguments for gbak STATISTICS Output
Item Argument Data Reported
Total time T Time elapsed since the gbak process started, in sec-
onds and milliseconds
Time delta D Time elapsed since the previous line of output, in
seconds and milliseconds
Page reads R Number of page reads since the previous line of out-
put, integer
Page writes W Number of page writes since the previous line of out-
put, integer
At least one item is mandatory for the STATISTICS switch. The arguments are case-insensitive and they can
be in any order. For example, “TDRW” and “WdrT” are equivalent.
The STATISTICS switch will have no effect if the -v[er] switch is not specified.
Verbose output with STATISTICS includes two special lines:
• a line with headers for the specified statistics, printed before the other statistics lines:
Monitoring & Command-line Utilities
124
gbak: time delta reads writes
• a line with total statistics summaries for the specified items, printed after the end of the main process:
gbak: 46.684 0.002 171 82442 total statistics
Note
The feature is fully supported in the Services API with a new item in the SPB (Services Parameter Block). The
fbsvcmgr utility also supports the SPB implementation.
Examples
1. Show total time since gbak start:
gbak -v -STATISTICS T -b employee emp_bkp.fbk -y log21.log
2. Show delta time and page reads:
... -STAT DR ...
3. Show all statistics items:
... -sta TDRW ...
4. Sample of gbak verbose output:
firebird>gbak -v -stat tdrw -r a.fbk a.fdb
gbak:opened file a.fbk
gbak: time delta reads writes
gbak: 0.173 0.173 0 0 transportable backup -- data in XDR format
gbak: 0.175 0.002 0 0 backup file is compressed
gbak: 0.177 0.001 0 0 backup version is 10
gbak: 0.270 0.092 0 650 created database a.fdb, page_size 8192 bytes
gbak: 0.273 0.002 0 2 started transaction
...
gbak: 18.661 0.002 0 0 restoring data for table TEST1
gbak: 18.698 0.036 0 0 10000 records restored
...
gbak: 25.177 0.036 0 0 1770000 records restored
gbak: 25.220 0.042 0 1633 1780000 records restored
...
gbak: 38.702 0.002 0 0 restoring privilege for user SYSDBA
gbak: 38.707 0.004 22 0 creating indexes
gbak: 45.015 6.308 82 38394 activating and creating deferred index T2_VAL
...
gbak: 46.682 0.008 4 13 finishing, closing, and going home
gbak: 46.684 0.002 171 82442 total statistics
gbak:adjusting the ONLINE and FORCED WRITES flags
Monitoring & Command-line Utilities
125
See also: Tracker ticket CORE-1999
New Return Code
Alex Peshkov
From v.3.0.1, gbak returns a non-zero result code when restore fails on creating and activating a deferred user
index.
gsec
The gsec utility is deprecated from Firebird 3 forward. This means you are encouraged to use the new SQL
features for managing access described in Chapter 7, Security, in preference to existing equivalents provided
by gsec.
Important
gsec will continue to work with security3.fdb. However, it does not work with alternative security databas-
es.
isql
SET EXPLAIN Extensions for Viewing Detailed Plans
Dmitry Yemanov
A new SET option is added: SET EXPLAIN [ON | OFF]. It extends the SET PLAN option to report the explained
plan instead of the standard one.
If SET PLAN is omitted, then SET EXPLAIN turns the plan output on. SET PLANONLY works as in previous
versions.
Usage options
SET PLAN = simple plan + query execution
SET PLANONLY = simple plan, no query execution
SET PLAN + SET EXPLAIN = explained plan + query execution
SET PLAN + SET EXPLAIN + SET PLANONLY = explained plan, no query execution
SET EXPLAIN = explained plan + query execution
SET EXPLAIN + SET PLANONLY = explained plan, no query execution
Metadata Extract
Claudio Valderrama C.
Monitoring & Command-line Utilities
126
The metadata extract tool (-[e]x[tract] switch) was improved to create a script that takes the dependency order
of objects properly into account.
A label has also been added, reflecting the deterministic flag for stored functions. (A. dos Santos Fernandes)
Path to INPUT Files
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
The INPUT command will now use a relative path based on the directory of the last-opened, unclosed file in
the chain to locate the next file.
Command Buffer Size Increase
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
The size of the isql command buffer has increased from 64 KB to 10 MB to match the new engine limits. See
Tracker ticket CORE-4148.
Deterministic Label for Stored Functions
Adriano dos Santos Fernandes
A label was added in the SHOW FUNCTION command reflecting the deterministic flag for stored functions.
See Tracker item CORE-4940.
fb_lock_print
Input Arguments
Dmitry Yemanov
fb_lock_print now accepts 32-bit integers as the input arguments for seconds and intervals. Previously they were
limited to SMALLINT.
Useability Improvements
Vlad Khorsun
A few other small improvements:
1. More detailed usage help is available from the command line (-help).
2. Events history and list of owners are no longer output by default: they may be requested explicitly if re-
quired. Header-only is the new default.
3. New -o[wners] switch to print only owners (locks) with pending requests
Monitoring & Command-line Utilities
127
gfix
-NoLinger Switch
Alex Peshkov
gfix has a new switch -NoLinger to provide a one-off override to the LINGER setting of a database.
For information regarding LINGER, see the write-up in the DDL chapter.
Improvements to Validation Messages
Vlad Khorsun
• Critical validation messages are now split from minor ones
• The table name is now returned in the text of validation contraint error messages, to help identify the error
context
Other Tweaks
Some implementation annoyances were cleared up in several utilities.
All Command-line Utilities
Resolution of Database Path
Alex Peshkov
All utilities resolve database paths in databases.conf when they need to access a database file directly. But
not all of them would follow the same rules when expanding a database name. Now, they do.
Help and Version Information
Claudio Valderrama C.
All command-line utilities except gpre and qli now present help and version information in a unified and coherent
way.
No info yet at CORE-2540.
Hard-coded Messages Replaced
Claudio Valderrama C.
Monitoring & Command-line Utilities
128
Hard-coded messages were replaced with the regular parameterised-style ones in tracemanager and nbackup.
Arbitrary Switch Syntax Clean-up
Claudio Valderrama C.
Switch options in qli and nbackup were made to check the correctness (or not) of the abbreviated switch options
presented.
129
Chapter 12
Compatibility Issues
In this section are features and modifications that might affect the way you have installed and used Firebird
in earlier releases.
Where Are the Tools?
On Windows, you will find all of the executable programs, including the command-line and shell tools, in the
Firebird installation (root) folder. In previous versions they were in a folder beneath the root folder, named ..\bin.
On POSIX platforms, you will find the tools and other executable programs in similar locations to those used
for earlier versions. Exactly where depends on the distribution you are using.
Other Windows Changes
• Notice that the installer no longer gives the option to build fbclient.dll as gds32.dll or to locate it
in the system folder. If your applications still require this, you will have to do it manually.
aliases.conf Is No More
The file aliases.conf is replaced by databases.conf in the Firebird root directory. The format for
database aliases has not changed so you can copy/paste the contents of your existing aliases.conf file into
databases.conf successfully. The new file is capable of carrying a lot more configuration detail, however,
to enable database-level configuration of many features that were previously available only at the global server
level.
Embedded Connections
For an embedded connection, an authenticated login is no longer required on POSIX platforms. If you provide
a user name and password, the password is ignored. Applications may still require a user name and possibly a
role name, due to SQL privileges in databases.
This feature is new for embedded Firebird on POSIX but it is the way embedded always worked on Windows,
when the embedded engine was a separate executable.
Compatibility Issues
130
Initializing the Security Database
By default, Firebird 3 is configured for the new authentication model which uses SRP to work with user pass-
words and generate unique session identifiers for traffic encryption. The security database (security3.fdb)
has no predefined users. This is intentional.
However, when using the standard installers for Windows, Linux and MacOSX, the SYSDBA user is created
during the final step of the installation, with a password that is either random or defined via a user input routine.
In a situation where the SYSDBA initialization step either fails, or is missing from an OS-specific install process,
such as a Windows .zip kit install or a dedicated POSIX platform port, it may be necessary to initialize the
security database manually for use with the SRP plugins. You will need to create the user SYSDBA and set up
the password for it using SQL CREATE USER command syntax in embedded mode as your first step to getting
access to databases and utilities.
The gsec utility can be used instead but, having been deprecated, it is not discussed here.
Important
This initialization is not required and should NOT be performed if you have configured the server to use legacy
(pre-Firebird 3 style) authentication and user management. The legacy security plugins totally preserve the
legacy behaviour and thus contain the legacy record for SYSDBA with “masterke” as the initial password.
Instructions for configuring firebird.conf for legacy authentication behaviour are in the next section.
Initialization Steps
Initialization is performed in embedded mode using the isql utility. For an embedded connection, an authenti-
cation password is not required and will be ignored if you provide one. An embedded connection will work fine
with no login credentials and “log you in” using your host credentials if you omit a user name. However, even
though the user name is not subject to authentication, creating or modifying anything in the existing security
database requires that the user be SYSDBA; otherwise, isql will throw a privilege error for the CREATE USER
request.
The SQL user management commands will work with any open database. Because the sample database em-
ployee.fdb is present in your installation and already aliased in databases.conf, it is convenient to use
it for the user management task.
1. Stop the Firebird server. Firebird 3 caches connections to the security database aggressively. The pres-
ence of server connections may prevent isql from establishing an embedded connection.
2. In a suitable shell, start an isql interactive session, opening the employee database via its alias:
> isql -user sysdba employee
3. Create the SYSDBA user:
SQL> create user SYSDBA password 'SomethingCryptic';
Compatibility Issues
131
SQL> commit;
SQL> quit;
Note
The SYSDBA user will have full administrator rights automatically. Do not assign the ADMIN role (RDB
$ADMIN) to SYSDBA.
Quick Tip
From v.3.0.1, the statement CREATE OR ALTER USER SYSDBA PASSWORD <password> can be
used to initialize an empty securityN.fdb security database.
4. To complete the initialization, start the Firebird server again. Now you will be able to perform a network
login to databases, including the security database, using the password you assigned to SYSDBA.
About Passwords
• An effective password, using the default user manager Srp, can be up to 20 characters, although a password
of up to 255 characters will be valid.
• If you intend in future to configure the server to use legacy authentication (not recommended!), then only the
first 8 characters of any password, including that of the SYSDBA, will be read.
• masterkey is NOT a recommended password for SYSDBA!
Additional Notes About Security Databases
Since Firebird 2, users—including SYSDBA—could not log in to the security database directly. With Firebird
3 it is possible to establish a direct, embedded connection to the security database. With the appropriate config-
uration parameters, you can control the ability to connect remotely to other security databases.
The gsec utility, although deprecated in Firebird 3, is still available for access to security3.fdb only. It
cannot be used to manage a custom user database. It is recommended that database admins plan to move away
from relying on gsec and become familiar with the newer SQL user management features.
Legacy Authentication
If you do not intend to use SRP encrypted log-ins right away and want to use the security database—security
3.fdb— as you have done in previous Firebird versions, proceed as follows:
1. Using a text editor, open firebird.conf and find the entry for the parameter UserManager:
#UserManager = Srp
Delete the “#” symbol and change the value to:
UserManager = Legacy_UserManager
Compatibility Issues
132
2. Find the entry for the WireCrypt parameter:
#WireCrypt = Enabled (for client) / Required (for server)
Delete the “#” symbol and change the value to:
WireCrypt = Enabled
-- or, if you don't plan to use SRP encryption at all --
WireCrypt = Disabled
3. Find the entry for the AuthServer parameter:
#AuthServer = Srp, WinSspi, Legacy_Auth
Delete the “#” symbol and change the order of the arguments:
AuthServer = Legacy_Auth, Srp, WinSspi
4. Find the entry for the AuthClient parameter:
#AuthClient = Srp, WinSspi, Legacy_Auth
Delete the “#” symbol and change the order of the arguments:
AuthClient = Legacy_Auth, Srp, WinSspi
5. Save the changes.
6. Stop and restart Firebird for the changes to take effect.
Legacy Passwords
• The old masterke password is available for your first login as SYSDBA. It is known to the whole world
and should be changed as soon as possible.
• Reminder: Legacy authentication reads only the first 8 characters of any password.
Upgrading a v.2.x Security Database
Because of the new authentication model in Firebird 3, upgrading a v.2.5 security database (security2.fdb)
directly for use under Firebird 3 is not possible. However, an upgrade procedure is in place to enable retention
of the user account data—user name, first name, etc., but not passwords— from the security2.fdb database
that was used under v.2.x. servers.
Compatibility Issues
133
The SYSDBA user is not touched: after the upgrade procedure, it will remain as it was before.
Steps
Note
• In the commands below, replace masterkey with the actual SYSDBA password for the server version,
as appropriate.
• The procedure requires running the script security_database.sql that is located in the misc/up-
grade directory of your Firebird 3 installation. These instructions assume you have a temporary copy of
this script in the same directory as the isql executable.
1. Under the Firebird 2.5 server, back up the security database. Here, use the SYSDBA password for the v.2.5
installation:
gbak -user sysdba -pas masterkey -b {host/path}security2.fdb security2.fbk
2. Under the Firebird 3 server, restore a copy of v.2.5 backup. Here, use the SYSDBA password for the v.3
installation:
gbak -user sysdba -pas masterkey -c security2.fbk {host/path}security2db.fdb
3. Under the Firebird 3 server, go to the directory where the isql utility is located and run the upgrade script:
isql -user sysdba -pas masterkey -i security_database.sql {host/path}security2db.fdb
"security2db.fdb" is just a sample name for the database: it can be any preferred name.
4. The procedure will generate new, random passwords and will output them to screen afterwards. Capture
the output and notify users of their new passwords.
5. When you are ready, shut down Firebird. Rename security3.fdb or move it another location; then
rename the upgraded database to security3.fdb.
Local Connections to Superserver on Windows
In previous Firebird versions, a serverless protocol known as “Windows Local” was available to local clients
connecting to Superserver on a Windows platform, using the XNET subsystem. A typical connection string
looked like this:
c:\Program Files\Firebird_2_5\examples\empbuild\employee.fdb
Under the new unified server, that form of connection is no longer valid for a serverless client connection to
Superserver. It attempts to load an embedded server. If you try whilst Superserver is connected to your database,
you will get a refusal message to the effect “File is in use by another process”.
Compatibility Issues
134
This is not a bug. Since Superserver clients share resources, another server (in this case, an embedded server)
cannot attach a client to the same database that Superserver has any clients attached to.
However, all is not lost. The XNET subsystem can still do local client sessions for Superserver. You just need
a more elaborate connection string now:
xnet://alias-or-path-to-database
So, for our connection to the employee database:
xnet://c:\Program Files\Firebird_3_0\examples\empbuild\employee.fdb
or using an alias:
xnet://employee
Note
New connection strings are available as alternatives for other local connection protocols, too. For more infor-
mation, see New Connection Formats for Local Clients on Windows.
Configuration Parameters
The previously deprecated firebird.conf parameters CompleteBooleanEvaluation, OldColumnNaming
and OldSetClauseSemantics are no longer supported anymore and have been removed. The lack of one or more
of these parameters may break your application code, so please check these settings in firebird.conf on
your older server version.
The parameters UsePriorityScheduler, PrioritySwitchDelay, PriorityBoost, LegacyHash and Lock-
GrantOrder no longer have any use and have been removed.
Important
Ensure that you study the chapter Configuration Additions and Changes in preparation for upgrading user
software to Firebird 3.
System Tables are Now Read-only
The system tables (RDB$—) are now read-only. Attempting any DDL or insert/update/delete statement on them
will be rejected.
SQL Language Changes
It will be necessary to pay attention to some changes in the SQL language implementation.
Compatibility Issues
135
Support for Mixed-Syntax Joins is Gone
Improperly mixed explicit and implicit joins are no longer supported, in accordance with the SQL specification.
It also means that, in the explicit A JOIN B ON <condition>, the condition is not allowed to refer to any
stream except A and B. See Tracker ticket CORE-2812 for more details.
Enforcement of Length Limit for Local Alias and Variable Names
The names for column and table aliases and for local variables names in PSQL are now restricted to 31 bytes in
length. This enforcement has been made to comply with the SQL specification that requires them to be regular
SQL identifiers, in accordance with the implementation-dependent limits. In Firebird, SQL identifiers are limited
to 31 bytes.
See also: CORE-2350
Changes for User Names
User names are treated as SQL identifiers and are accordingly now limited to 31 bytes in length.
Case-sensitive user names are also supported now. The CONNECT and CREATE DATABASE statements in isql
will thus allow user names to be specified in double quotes.
Cursor Output Columns Must Be Named
The DECLARE CURSOR statement in PSQL now requires all of the output columns to be explicitly named or
aliased. The same requirement applies to the FOR SELECT ... AS CURSOR <cursor name> DO ... statement in
PSQL. This requirement is necessitated by the new capability to read cursor elements directly as pseudo columns,
e.g. MY_CURSOR.COLUMN_A/.
Illustration:
create procedure sp_test
as
declare c cursor for (select 1 /* as a */ from rdb$database);
declare n int;
begin
open c;
fetch c into n;
close c;
end
Statement failed, SQLSTATE = 42000
unsuccessful metadata update
-ALTER PROCEDURE SP_TEST failed
-Dynamic SQL Error
-SQL error code = -104
-Invalid command
Compatibility Issues
136
-no column name specified for column number 1 in derived table C
“Cursor Stability” Effects
Some statements may now work differently due to the “cursor stability” improvement. Statements affected will
be:
• those that modify the table that is being explicitly or implicitly selected from within the same statement
• (as a side effect) some MERGE statements, that might work differently if multiple matches are possible.
Note
The SQL standard stipulates that the MERGE statement must raise an error if multiple matches are found.
Firebird is not so strict in this regard, but its behaviour should be considered undefined in these cases.
See also: CORE-3362, CORE-3317, CORE-4796.
Reserved Words
A number of new reserved keywords are introduced. Please refer to the chapter Reserved Words and Changes and
ensure your DSQL statements and procedure/trigger sources do not contain any of those keywords as identifiers.
Otherwise, it will be necessary either to use them quoted (in Dialect 3 only) or to rename them.
Pay special attention to the keywords INSERTING, UPDATING and DELETING in your PSQL modules. They are
now reserved words and thus must not be used as identifiers.
Also check very carefully that the keyword BOOLEAN is not used as a domain name in your databases.
Trace Configuration Syntax
The format of sections and key-value pairs in the trace configuration file has changed:
Old format:
<database %[\\/](test|azk2|rulez).fdb>
enabled true
time_threshold 100
log_statement_finish true
</database>
New format:
database = %[\\/](test|azk2|rulez).fdb
{
enabled = true
Compatibility Issues
137
time_threshold = 100
log_statement_finish = true
}
Important
Pay attention to the “database” section header and equality signs between parameter names and values.
Unexpected GDSCODE Errors
An unexpected GDSCODE may be returned for UPDATE/DELETE statements, viz. isc_deadlock instead
of isc_lock_conflict.
In fact, the complete error stack previously contained {isc_lock_conflict, isc_deadlock, isc_
update_conflict}, whereas it now contains, more correctly, {isc_deadlock, isc_update_con-
flict}.
However, the GDSCODE system variable returns the first error element, thus causing possible compatibility
issues. Be sure that, besides isc_lock_conflict, your error handlers for updates and deletes also check for
the other error codes, isc_deadlock and isc_update_conflict.
Remote Client Recognition
From this version forward, the remote client address for TCPv4 and TCPv6 protocols in MON
$ATTACHMENTS.MON$REMOTE_ADDRESS includes the port number, separated from the IP address with a
slash:
<IP address>/<port>
A new column in that table also reports the host name of the remote client.
For details, see Changes to Client Address Reporting in the chapter entitled Changes to the Firebird API and
ODS.
138
Chapter 13
Bugs Fixed
Firebird 3.0.5 Release: Bug Fixes
The following bug fixes were reported prior to the v.3.0.5 official release:
Core Engine
(CORE-6203) "Error reading data from the connection" could be raised sometimes when using a non-
default authentication plugin.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6197) The client library could leak memory when resolving the remote host name.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6182) Firebird's internal timer could incorrectly reset the other existing timer entries.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6171) Error "No current record for fetch operation" could be raised for queries containing an
aggregated sub-select.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6163) Generator pages were not encrypted.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6150) Bugcheck could be raised when some PK\UK\FK constraint checks a record already marked
as damaged.
fixed by V. Khorsun
Bugs Fixed
139
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6144) Inconsistent behaviour of the NEW context variable was observed in AFTER UPDATE
OR DELETE triggers.
fixed by I. Eremin
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6143) Error "Multiple maps found for ..." was raised in not appropriate case.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6138) Inconsistent behavior was observed regarding visibility of the master record while inserting
the detail record.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6134) Different error messages ("Your user name and password are not defined" vs "Missing
security context") could be reported for a failed login depending on whether the Win_SSPI plugin is present
in the configuration.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6108) Error "Datatypes are not comparable in expression" could be raised for a COALESCE
function used inside an expression.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6097) Connection could not see itself in MON$ATTACHMENTS when Windows domain/user-
name (using Win_SSPI authentication) is exactly 31 bytes long.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6090) BLOB fields could be suddenly set to NULLs during UPDATE after a table format change.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6089) BLOBs were unnecessarily copied during UPDATE after a table format change.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6087) CAST function used inside a union could be ignored.
Bugs Fixed
140
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6078) CREATE OR ALTER series of statements were ignoring the existing permissions.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6067) The client library could leak memory if DSQL cursors are closed after the transaction commit.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6063) Firebird server could return the 'op_accept' packet instead of the expected 'op_accept_data'
one.
fixed by D. Kovalenko
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6050) The client library was attempting to open files not existent on the client host when connecting
to a remove v2.5 server.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6043) Global temporary tables created with the ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS clause were not
releasing their used space in the temporary file(s) at COMMIT RETAINING or ROLLBACK RETAINING.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6038) Srp user manager could sporadically create user accounts that cannot pass the authentication.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5995) The "creator" user name was empty in user trace sessions.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5993) Error message was missing inside firebird.log after failure to create the audit log file.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5991) Trace could not work correctly with quoted file names in the trace configurations.
fixed by V. Khorsun
Bugs Fixed
141
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5986) Condition NULL IS [NOT] {FALSE | TRUE} was evaluated incorrectly (NULL was returned
instead of the expected FALSE/TRUE).
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5985) ROLE option was ignored when specified for a remote EXECUTE STATEMENT command.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5982) Error "no permission for SELECT access" could be raised when a BLOB is used as input
or output parameter of a stored procedure.
fixed by D. Starodubov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5966) Slow performance could be noticed when executing SQL scripts as non-SYSDBA user.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5965) v3 optimizer could choose a less efficient plan than the v2.5 optimizer.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5949) Bugcheck could happen when a read-only database with non-zero linger is converted into
a read-write mode.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5935) Bugcheck 165 ("cannot find tip page") could happen under load in Classic and SuperClassic.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5926) CREATE MAPPING with non-ASCII user name could lead to the "Malformed string"
error message.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5918) Memory statistics ('used' / 'mapped' counters) was not always accurate.
fixed by A. Peshkov
Bugs Fixed
142
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5907) Trace session could not be started if the 'database' section contains a pattern including
curvy brackets.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5888) Firebird server on Android had problems with NUMERIC values (scale was not reported
properly).
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5823) Error "no permission for SELECT access" was raised when selecting a BLOB field from
a stored procedure.
fixed by D. Starodubov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5795) ORDER BY clause on compound index could prevent from using other available indices.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5784) Lock folder inizialization was not multi-process safe.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5639) Mapping created for the Win_SSPI plugin did not cause the Windows user group to be
converted to a Firebird role.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5395) Error "Invalid data type for negation" was raised for a query containing a negated parameter.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes, D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5074) Charset ID of the array element could be lost (zero was always reported) when preparing
a query selecting from that array field.
fixed by D. Kovalenko
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5070) Compound index could not be used for filtering in some ORDER/GROUP BY queries.
Bugs Fixed
143
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3925) Bugcheck could be raised after attempting to create a self-referencial FK that violates the
existing data.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes/Hang-ups
(CORE-6086) Server could crash while creating some complex stored procedure (containing multiple
CTEs).
fixed by V. Khorsun, D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6068) Server could hang while compiling a large package body containing a syntax error.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6027) Server could hang at the incoming attachment if it happened immediately after the trace
session has been stopped.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6015) Server crash could happen while using the computed index based on a complex expression.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5980) Firebird could crash during concurrent operations with expression indices.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5972) External engine trigger was causing the server to crash if the underlying table has computed
field(s).
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5950) Server could deadlock when some user attaches a bugchecked database.
fixed by A. Peshkov
Bugs Fixed
144
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5943) The server could crash preparing a query having DISTINCT or ORDER BY together with
a non-field expression in the select list.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5936) The Firebird server could crash at the end of a gbak backup.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Builds
(CORE-6007) Firebird would not build on MacOS with the fresh toolchain installed, compilation failed
while building the 'editline' library.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5989) Linking the binaries could fail due to missing 'libiconv_open' reference if the libiconv
library is installed.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5934) gpre_boot was failing to link using CMake, reporting undefined reference 'dladdr' and
'dlerror'.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-6142) Error "connection lost to database" could be raised when application creates multiple local
attachments (using the XNET protocol) simultaneously.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5927) Connection could remain not encrypted using some non-standard authentication plugins
even if a correct key was provided.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
145
(CORE-5902) Events processing was not working between Windows and MacOS hosts.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes, V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
POSIX Only
(CORE-6031) The first connection to any database was causing a small memory leak related to the 'binreloc'
library initialization.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6026) Incorrect alignment was used for the BIGINT data type transferred from/to UDR libraries
in 32-bit Linux builds.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5955) The binreloc library could fail to initialize properly with ld versions 2.31 and above, causing
the Firebird binaries to wrongly detect its root directory.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
MacOS Only
(CORE-6122) An attempt to call the properly declared UDF was raising the "module name or entrypoint
could not be found" error on MacOS Mojave (10.14.3).
fixed by P. Beach
~ ~ ~
Windows Only
(CORE-5959) Firebird could return incorrect (outdated) current time/timestamp after the time zone was
changed at the operating system level.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3900) VC runtime installer could reboot the system before the Firebird installation process finishes.
fixed by B. Walker, P. Reeves
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
146
Utilities
gbak
(CORE-6028) User-defined triggers declared for system tables were included into backups, and it is
impossible to alter/drop them due to system tables protection in Firebird 3. Starting with V3.0.5, gbak skips
such triggers during both backup and restore operations.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-6000) gbak was reporting the authentication error "Your user name and password are not defined"
when the "-fe(tch_password)" command switch is specified and gbak was running as a service.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5118) Indices on computed fields were broken after a restore, with all keys being set to NULL.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2440) Restoring a database with a computed index on a computed field was providing the wrong
index and wrong query results.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
gpre
(CORE-6104) Incorrect error "invalid request handle" was raised by the gpre-generated code when an
embedded user does not have proper permissions for the table.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-6040) Metadata script extracted using isql -x was invalid if some table contains a COMPUTED
BY column.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
147
nBackup
fbsvcmgr
(CORE-6141) fbsvcmgr action_repair rpr_list_limbo_trans was not showing the expected list of 'in limbo'
transactions.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
fbtracemgr
(CORE-6045) Segmentation fault could happen in fbtracemgr while closing it using the Ctrl-C keystroke.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0.4 Release: Bug Fixes
The following bug fixes were reported prior to the v.3.0.4 official release:
Core Engine
(CORE-5905) Fixed some inconsistencies that could occur when using ALTER FUNCTION to replace
a legacy UDF with a PSQL function having the same name.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5904) An attempt to create global mapping with a FROM field length greater than the SQL
identifier length would fail.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5900) Login attempts during engine shutdown would cause unnecessary delays in the shutdown
process.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5898) ROLE was not passed in EXECUTE STATEMENT ... ON EXTERNAL.
Bugs Fixed
148
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5891) The wrong events were released when a dead process was detected, i.e., valid events of a
valid connection were released instead of the events of the broken connection.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5884) An initial global mapping from the Srp plugin would not work.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5881) Network server would ignore any error that occurred in the KeyHolderPlugin when estab-
lishing the initial callback with a client.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5880) Unhandled: C0000005.ACCESS_VIOLATION could cause the server to crash. The issue
was related with events processing and could happen when POST_EVENT ran from an ON DISCONNECT
trigger. The same exception could occur if the application failed to cancel events when disconnecting.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5879) Error reading/writing data to connection: appears to be related to CORE-5880 (above).
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5852) The system trigger RDB$TRIGGER9 checks that an object exists. However, existence
checks for generators and exceptions were not implemented for checking when granting the USAGE privilege
on generator and exception objects. As a result, it was possible to grant USAGE on a non-existent object.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5847) The error message returned from a primary key violation was returning "Malformed string"
instead of the key value.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5846) CREATE VIEW was issuing a faulty error "Implementation of text subtype 512 not located".
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
Bugs Fixed
149
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5844) Firebird was not cancelling events when the client disconnected. See also CORE-5879
and CORE-5880, above.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5843) Failures in a TRANSACTION START trigger were not being handled correctly.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5840) A user was able to create a table that had a foreign key reference to another table to which
he had no access privilege.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5837) Inconsistent results when working with GLOBAL TEMPORARY TABLE ON COMMIT
PRESERVE ROWS.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5822) The client would get the error SQLSTATE = 28000 ("user/password not defined") if
WireCrypt = Disabled was used on the client side.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5819) An attachment could persist after it was deleted FROM MON$ATTACHMENTS.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5804) Fixed several legacy errors and anomalies in the implementation of the REVOKE operator.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5801, link not available) Unauthorized BLOB access vulnerability was fixed.
fixed by D. Starodubov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5796) The gstat utility could produce a faulty report concerning the presence of some non-
encrypted pages in a database.
Bugs Fixed
150
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5793) The error returned from DbCryptPlugin::setKey() ("Missing correct crypt key") was not
helpful for diagnostics.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5791) The ODS 12.0 for Windows and Linux-x64 builds differs from Linux-x86. The fix results
in a minor ODS change, from 12.0 to 12.2, for some but not all platforms. This has certain implications for
compatibility, so please read these notes.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5790) User with DROP DATABASE privilege could not drop the database.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5788) Security Patch: Replacement of use of SHA-1 in the SRP Client Proof with SHA-256. See
V. 3.0.4 SRP Security Patch in the Security chapter of these notes.
fixed by A. Whyman, A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5783) EXECUTE STATEMENT was ignoring the text of the SQL query string after a comment
of the double-hyphen form ('--').
The bug was solved by ensuring that the parser properly handled a newline symbol.
However, when EXECUTE STATEMENT gets the SQL query text from a binary BLOB variable, the engine uses
a special blob filter (filter_text) to convert the binary blob to text. For some reason, this blob filter treats \n (new-
line) as a segment boundary and removes it from the output. In a case where the line-endings in the binary BLOB
were stored as \r\n, the SQL query text received by EXECUTE STATEMENT thus loses the newline directive
and the PSQL parser is left with no way to detect the end of the single-line comment.
The BLOB filter filter_text will not be changed to cater for the edge case of applying a binary BLOB to EXECUTE
STATEMENT. The solution is to avoid using a binary BLOB to store data that is to be used as text.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5780) The server would hang when a client tried to send DB encryption keys that were too long
to fit in the TCP buffer that FB allocates for sending/receiving messages, TcpRemoteBufferSize. The fix is to
drop the attachment as soon as the server detects a fragmented packet in the async receiver.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
151
(CORE-5776) Error "Input parameter mismatch" could be thrown after altering a function to replace an
external function with a PSQL function.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5773) A PSQL (explicit) cursor could not see an inserted record, because cursor stability based
on savepoints and the Undo log could not be applied to explicit cursors. A different approach was taken to
implement stability for explicit cursors.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5762) Wrong transaction number in system table RDB$PAGES relation could cause infinite
recursion in the engine and result in a segfault.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5757) Deadlock with events.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5755) Granting a privilege on a non-existent object produced no error or warning.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5754) Since Firebird does not have explicit privileges for triggers, ALTER TRIGGER would
check the privileges for ALTER DATABASE, which was correct for database triggers but wrong for table-level
triggers.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5753) The parser allowed the use of WITH GRANT OPTION when granting the EXECUTE privilege
to functions and packages. This was wrong.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5747) A user could grant USAGE privileges to self.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5743) A conversion error could be thrown when both GROUP BY/ORDER BY expressions and
WHERE expressions contained literals.
Bugs Fixed
152
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5702) Firebird on Windows was leaking handles.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4964) Genuine errors during connection to the security database were hidden by the Srp user
manager.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-405) An old pitfall: if an index contained garbage and automatic GC was disabled, it would not
be possible to create unique indexes or PRIMARY, UNIQUE or FOREIGN KEY constraints.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes/Hang-ups
(CORE-5863) A Classic process could crash when the client had disconnected.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5830) The encryption interface could crash the Firebird process when working on big database file.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5815) The server could hang for 60/120 seconds if the client disconnected during the database
encryption key transfer callback.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5756) Server could crash when trying to recreate a table that is in use for a DML operation.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5436) SuperClassic server would hang under load.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
153
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-5911) Connection could hang if there was no activity for 60 seconds.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5772) A client connection could hang when working with events under high load.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Builds
(CORE-5865) An alignment error would occur on x86_64 when using clang to compile Firebird, due to
an optimization in that environment. It was known to affect builds for MacOSX and LibreOffice Base.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5824) Segmentation fault during install on Linux.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5817) Firebird would not compile with ICU 60 or higher.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5778) install.sh would fail if the -path argument contained 'firebird'.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5769) Database crypt plug-in sample in Pascal was broken.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5765) Missing directives in Firebird.pas.
fixed by A. Whyman, A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
154
(CORE-5764) Installation of Firebird 3.0.3 on SLES 12 SP3 would fail with "Could not find acceptable
ICU library".
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Utilities
gbak
(CORE-5899) Using gbak as a service could cause memory leakage.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5893) gbak could crash the database engine when mixing a database alias with the full database path.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5833) Metadata triggers for some object types (views, exceptions, roles, indexes, domains) were
lost in the backup-restore process.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5760) The server process could crash while restoring a database.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5745) SQL privileges error during database restore.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
gfix
(CORE-5872) Database validation would report false errors "Record XXX has bad transaction" and\or
"Record XXX is wrong length" when the record's transaction number exceeded 2^32.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5869) Sweep was failing to increment the OIT value past 2^32, when Next Transaction value
was already higher than 2^32.
Bugs Fixed
155
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
gsec
(CORE-5829) The gsec utility was not releasing the user manager plug-in.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
gstat
(CORE-5831) Output of gstat from an encrypted database was not user-friendly.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-5870) The SHOW DATABASE command in isql was returning zero for statistics with a value
exceeding the range of 32-bit integer.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5742) An incorrect error message was returned in isql when trying to create a database when
logged in with the wrong password.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5737) Invalid parameters for gds transaction in isql would cause it to hang when trying to show
various system objects while another attachment had uncommitted changes to those objects.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
nBackup
(CORE-5886) Nbackup would stop working after 32K iterations of backups.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
156
Firebird 3.0.3 Release: Bug Fixes
The following bug fixes were reported prior to the v.3.0.3 official release:
Core Engine
(CORE-5735) An additional keyholder could open unauthorized connections to an encrypted database,
creating a vulnerability.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5720) Sweep in Classic mode could run too slowly when there was a big load on the server.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5713) A field alias could disappear in a complex query
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5695) The function position did not consider the collation for BLOBs.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5694) Duplicate values could occur in columns with the UNIQUE constraint.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5684) Error “no current record for fetch operation” was raised while deleting a record from MON
$ATTACHMENTS using ORDER BY clause
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5681) An access violation could occur when an external statement was executed and the local
transaction was rolled back.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5675) isc_vax_integer() and isc_portable_integer() did not work properly with
short negative numbers.
Bugs Fixed
157
fixed by D. Sibiryakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5673) Unique constraint would not work in an encrypted database on first command.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5667) Message “CTE 'X' has cyclic dependencies” would appear when 'X' was the alias for a result
set and there was a previous CTE part in the query with the same name 'X'.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5659) The optimizer was generating a bad plan under certain conditions.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5655) isc_info_sql_relation_alias was reporting incorrect aliases for CTE or nested
queries.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5645) A wrong transaction could be passed to the external engine.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernades
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5643) Message “Operating system call munmap failed. Error code 12” could appear in firebird.
log under heavy load in Classic or Superclassic.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5638) Wrong result with index on case-insensitive collation using NUMERIC-SORT.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5618) Some portions of the pages of second-level blobs were not released when dropping relations.
fixed by D. Logashov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5605) When running with a plug-in to access a V.2.5 database, the engine would incorrectly check
for existing MAP if a pre-FB3 security database was used.
Bugs Fixed
158
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5600) An invalid blob id would be reported when adding a new blob column of type text and
updating another field in the same operation.
fixed by V.Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5598) Error “Block size exceeds implementation restriction” could occur while inner joining large
datasets with a long key using the HASH JOIN plan.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5588) DbInfo interface was not being passed to ancillary instances of a plug-in.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5580) Signatures of packaged functions were not being checked for mismatch with the [NOT]
DETERMINISTIC attribute.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5576) Queries containing a WITH LOCK clause could trigger a bugcheck.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5567) Direct system table modifications were not completely prohibited.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5555) Error handling for SELECT WITH LOCK broke compatibility with Firebird 2.5.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5553) A database could not be encrypted if the DatabaseAccess was set to None.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5550) A computed decimal field in a view could be stored with the wrong RDB
$FIELD_PRECISION value.
Bugs Fixed
159
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5549) Errors could occur when building or running Firebird on hardware that did not have SSE
enabled.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5542) Database-level triggers related to TRANSACTION events (start/commit/rollback) were
not taking their POSITION index into account.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5535) The value of RDB$FIELD_SUB_TYPE in RDB$FUNCTION_ARGUMENTS would be
garbage after altering the function.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5528) Internal Firebird consistency check (limbo impossible (184), file: vio.cpp line: 2379)
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5527) External routines were not receiving default values for their output parameters.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5526) External routines could receive parameters with incorrect length or data type.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5517) Classic server could raise the error “Global mapping memory overflow” periodically and
require restarting to accept new connections.
fixed by A. Peshknov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5416) Memory leak: Firebird did not release memory after load tests.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5415) Found and fixed an elusive bug whereby an unexpected memory overwrite could cause the
in-memory image of a random database page to be corrupted.
Bugs Fixed
160
fixed by V. Khorsun, with testing assistance from D. Kovalenko
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4492) With OR or IN predicates for RDB$DBKEY, the optimizer failed to use an INDEX plan
when it should have.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2853) Bugcheck: page N, page type 5 lock conversion denied (215).
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2731) Recursive EXECUTE STATEMENT was not working properly.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2502) Cyclic dependency errors in CTE, involving aliases.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2284) Records were left in RDB$PAGES after rollback of CREATE TABLE statement.
fixed by R. Simakov & D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes/Hang-ups
(CORE-5730) The connection to the server could hang when working with encrypted databases over
network protocol other than TCP.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5719) Firebird 3 engine could crash when restoring from a backup made by Firebird 2.5.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5707) Begin and end of physical backup in the same transaction could crash the engine.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
161
(CORE-5706) Trace config with misplaced “{” could lead to an engine crash.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5591) The engine could hang during transaction start, soon after certain errors.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5562) Firebird could crash when a UDF was loaded and unloaded frequently.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5547) The server could crash while compiling a stored procedure with nested references to query-
based computed fields.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5533) The engine could crash when a database contained a database-level trigger.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5516) Firebird service could crash when stopping.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Builds
(CORE-5654) Intermediate build files for plugins examples were mixed up.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-5721) Information items isc_info_length and fb_info_crypt_state had the same code.
Important
Software using the fb_info_crypt_state constant should be recompiled to make it work with release
3.0.3 and later.
Bugs Fixed
162
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5686) Firebird 3.0.2 would allow any protocol version >= 10 to connect, including InterBase
protocol 14
fixed by M. Rotteveel
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5649) isc_add_user / isc_modify_user could produce an unusable user record.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5521) A race condition could arise between event notification and event registration.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5510) The engine could send a status vector with more than 20 items to old clients and cause
a disconnection.
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
POSIX Only
(CORE-5650) Dropping a procedure on the Classic server could cause a segmentation fault.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5624) An old bug was fixed, whereby backslashes in path strings for use on POSIX file systems
were not always converted to forward slashes.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Utilities
gbak
(CORE-5653) gbak restore with a large number of small blobs was very slow using Linux Classic.
fixed by R. Simakov
Bugs Fixed
163
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5630) During restore, the shadow file could not be created.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5579) A request synchronization error could occur in gbak during a restore.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5566) The server could crash while restoring from a backup if the shadow file already existed.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-5569) isql would incorrectly pad UNICODE_FSS/UTF8 columns when they used a collation.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5570) Negative infinity (double) was being shown incorrectly without the sign in isql.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
nBackup
(CORE-5613) Superserver could hang when changing physical backup state under high load
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5540) Alternate executions of an isql command from the command line in embedded mode would
be 5 to 10 times slower, i.e., fast-slow-fast-slow...
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
User Management
(CORE-5651) Problem migrating users to V3.0.
fixed by A. Peshkov
Bugs Fixed
164
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0.2 Release: Bug Fixes
The following bug fixes were reported prior to the v.3.0.2 official release:
Core Engine
(CORE-5501) Diagnostics form gstat were unclear when a damaged page in DB file appeared encrypted.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5498) It was not possible to create a connection for events processing.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5496) Creating SRP SYSDBA with explicit admin (-admin yes in gsec or grant admin role in
create user) was creating two SYSDBA accounts.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5489) Performance for NULLs filtering inside a navigational index scan was poor.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5474) The setting 'Restrict UDF' for configuration parameter UdfAccess was ineffective because
of fbudf.so being dynamically linked against libc.
fixed by A. Peshkov, A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5472) Problems with dbcrypt key transfer.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5470) Trace INCLUDE_FILTER with [[:WHITESPACE:]]+ would not work when a statement
was issued that contained a newline character.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
165
(CORE-5464) An access violation would occur in fbclient when reading a BLOB stored in incompatible
encoding.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5457) Bugcheck 167 (invalid SEND request).
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5456) When attempting to migrate a database from Firebird 2.5.2 to 3.0.1, gbak restore would
always crash at the end.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5452) A segmentation fault would occue when the engine's dynamic library was unloaded right
after closing worker threads (GC and/or cache writer).
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5448) Bugcheck oocurred when creating a view on a table that has a column with character set
NONE, database default charset is UTF8, and the default collation is UNICODE.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5447) EXECUTE STATEMENT <e> when <e> starts with '--' (comment) issues “Unexpected
end of command” error with a wrong column number.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5432) Classic Server suffered a performance regression: too much time was being spent during
context switches.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5422) The error “Decompression overran buffer” could occur after rollback. It affected all platforms
but would appear particularly on Windows Superserver, when GCPolicy was set to 'Combined' or 'Cooperative'
and CpuAffinityMask was configured to more than a single core.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5421) Performance degradation in FB 3.0.2 compared to FB 2.5.7.
Bugs Fixed
166
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5414) Error restoring on FB 3.0 from FB 2.5 backup: bugcheck 221 (cannot remap).
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5410) Dependencies were not stored when certain types of construction were used in subroutines.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5393) Optimization was poor for some operations with views containing subqueries.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5392) BUGCHECK 179 (decompression overran buffer) or an unexpected lock conflict could
happen during back-out of record versions.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5390) isql would crash with corrupt memory when statement length exceeded 10 MB.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5384) Plug-in manager was failing to provide the appropriate config information when the name
of the configuration file was set in plugins.conf.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5383) Dependencies in PSQL packages were not being recognised.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5382) An SQL statement longer than 10MB could be processed (truncated) incorrectly.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5381) Regression: A (select from view with nested view) query could not be executed.
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
167
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5368) Regression: a client application could hang or throw an access violation on selecting from
multiple threads using one embedded connection.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5367) Regression: A BOOLEAN state as a parameter for a search condition was incorrectly
rejected as invalid.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5366) Regression: A CASE expression with more than 255 conditions was being rejected.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5350) An assertion was exhibited on Windows in CachedMasterInterface::set.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5314) UDFs declared with large varchars were taking excessive time to execute.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3530) BETWEEN operand/clause was not supported for COMPUTED BY columns -- “feature
is not supported”. Now it is.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes/Hang-ups
(CORE-5428) An old bug could occasionally cause a segmentation fault in Classic when the structure
of a table with triggers was modified (DDL) while another attachment was preparing a request to work with
that table. In rare cases, pointers to the old triggers were cached by the request compiler and the fault would
occur the next time they were used.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5425) A load test was hanging the server.
fixed by A. Peshkov
Bugs Fixed
168
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5417) The engine could hang if an automatic sweep was starting during a database shutdown.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1894) (Old bug) Circular dependencies between computed fields would crash the engine.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Builds
(CORE-5120) Issues with the function snprintf (in autoconfing_msvc.h) and user-defined literals in VS
2015 (MSVC 14).
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
API
(CORE-5359) New API - MessageMetadata's getScale() was returning INTEGER, while
MetadataBuilder's setScale() expected unsigned.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
POSIX Only
(CORE-5503) Classic Server was limited to 64 connections when using systemd init scripts
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5484) A database on an NFS share was unavailable when accessed using the mount point path.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5458) Connections were failing due to dead NFS mount points.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
169
Windows Only
(CORE-5477) Trace was duplicating ascii_char(13) in its output on Windows.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0.1 Release: Bug Fixes
The following bug fixes were reported prior to the v.3.0.1 official release:
Core Engine
(CORE-5355) XpbBuilder was failing to create a new TPB.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5351) LEFT JOIN would incorrectly push a UDF into the inner stream, causing wrong results.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5341) A user-defined collation failed to work with BLOBs.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5339) An assertion could occur in createDatabase() when doing the overwrite check.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5337) A subquery in the insert list expression was ignoring changes made earlier in the same
executable block.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5329) A database could suffer partial corruption in the “use all space” (no-reserve) mode.
fixed by V. Khorsun & D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
170
(CORE-5327) BUGCHECK 165 (cannot find tip page)
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5322) Cascade deletion in a self-referencing table could raise the error “no current record for
fetch operation”.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5313) A “Data type unknown” error was occurring with the LIST operation.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5307) Random “invalid transaction handle” errors were being returned from the engine.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5305) ON UPDATE CASCADE was failing for a self-referencing Foreign Key.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5302) REGRESSION: Performance was degraded when bulk inserting into a table with indices.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5292) Trying to encrypt a database in the absence of the the appropriate key could corrupt it.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5289) A small memory leak could occur when an empty result set was returned.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5279) Granting of privileges to views was broken.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5277) Parameters with multi-byte character sets were being allowed to exceed the length limit
for VARCHAR fields.
Bugs Fixed
171
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5275) Expression index could become inconsistent if CREATE INDEX was interrupted after b-
tree creation but before committing.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5268) Nested OR conditions could lead to incorrest results.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5248) Consistency between roles and privileges in GRANT syntax needed improving in accordance
with the SQL standard.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5244) An attempt to execute a SELECT statement using isc_dsql_execute_immediate()
would produce the wrong error message.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5241) Affected rows were not being counted for some update operations with views.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5236) IN/ANY/ALL predicates could cause sub-optimal execution (late filtering) of joins.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5233) Unaligned memory access in MET_format() would cause segfault on big-endian
machines.
fixed by James Clarke
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5232) 32-bit locks on big-endian systems would lead to deadlock.
fixed by James Clarke
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5231) EXECUTE STATEMENT would throw a BLR error if the number of output parameters
exceeded 256.
Bugs Fixed
172
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5226) An incorrect result set (missing records) could be returned by an ORDER plan query
navigating on a descending index.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5225) Authentication was ending with first plug-in that had the user but would fail there, instead
of continuing with the next plug-in.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5222) SELECT WITH LOCK could raise unexpected update conflict errors under concurrent load.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5213) A database could get decrypted after changing a couple of bytes in the database header
without 'agreement' from the crypt plug-in.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5210) POST_EVENT was not working with the Fb 3.0 server and client.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5193) The operator IS exhibited a precedence problem.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5183) REGRESSION: line/column numbering in error messages were being garbled if
alias.name syntax was used in the offending statement.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5142) The error “no current record to fetch” was thrown if some record was to be deleted both by
the statement itself and by some trigger fired during statement execution.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1746) An expression index could be created while inserts into the table were in progress.
Bugs Fixed
173
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes
(CORE-5234) Access violation from certain UDFs would cause the server to crash.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-5347) Race conditions could arise when initializing wire compression.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5296) A network protocol error was exhibited when performing a callback to a client for the
database crypt key.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5278) Some SPB parameters were failing in FB 3.0.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5224) Transaction id tags for the Services API did not support new 48-bit transaction ids.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5154) The Services API would not work with non-ASCII database names.
fixed by D. Sibiryakov
~ ~ ~
Utilities
fbsvcmgr
(CORE-5270) fbsvcmgr was not producing any error when it attempted to shut down a database without
a specified timeout (prp_force_shutdown N).
Bugs Fixed
174
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
gbak
(CORE-5228) Restore could hang if the database contained more than 4 billion records.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
gfix
(CORE-5295) Validation could read after the end-of-file when operating on a multi-file database.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-5308) The BLOBVIEW command was causing isql to hang.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5294) isql would leak memory when SHOW GRANTS was used on a new, empty database.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5220) isql -[e]X[tract_metadata] output was omitting double quotes for the COLLATE <collation>
clause of a CREATE DOMAIN statement when <collation> was for any non-ascii character set.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5218) isql -[e]X[tract_metadata] was not exporting explicitly defined names for NOT NULL
constraints for Dialect 3 databases.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5217) isql -[e]X[tract_metadata] could crash while exporting an exception with message text
length longer than 127 bytes.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
175
(CORE-5207) isql -[e]X[tract_metadata] could generate invalid GRANT USAGE statements for domains.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Monitoring and Trace
(CORE-5246) A string truncation error would occur while selecting from the MON$ tables if some
user-defined context variable was longer than 255 bytes.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5203) A trace session could fully utilize a single CPU core.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
nBackup
(CORE-5264) A database located on a raw device could not be unlocked from an nBackup-locked state.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Builds
(CORE-5348) Databases created during the process of the Windows builds were owned by a Windows
administrator, not SYSDBA.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5284) Firebird failed to build with USE_VALGRIND
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
POSIX-Specific
(CORE-5335) A segfault could occur when op_que_events was used on a port that was not prepared
for events processing.
fixed by A. Peshkov
Bugs Fixed
176
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5285) A segfault could occur if an attachment was closed while requests were still open.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5249) Incorrect use of the system call readlink().
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0.0 Release: Bug Fixes
The following bug fixes were reported prior to the v.3.0.0 official release:
Core Engine
(CORE-5184) An assertion would occur in the cloop dispatcher when trying to save exception information
in the status interface.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5182) Failure to find a record on re-fetch would produce inconsistent effects on subsequent
statement execution.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5166) Unique key violation on a BOOLEAN column was returning an erroneous message.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5165) HAVING COUNT(*) NOT IN ( <Q> ) would erroneously exclude a record from the outer
result set. (<Q> represents a result set without nulls)
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5161) It was possible to create a unique index on non-unique data.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
177
(CORE-5159) Regression: the engine could throw transliteration errors when running from a non-ASCII
system path.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5157) The server could go into an infinite loop when data was being sent from a client to the
server in small packets.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5149) Regression: LEFT JOIN was incorrectly pushing COALESCE into the inner stream, causing
wrong results.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5147) CREATE TRIGGER was failing with the error "Ambiguous field name between table
B and table A".
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5146) Join order was sub-optimal if one table had a selective predicate and MIN was calculated
for the other one.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5144) Deadlock could occur when a database was being encrypted or decrypted under high
parallel load.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5133) ALTER SEQUENCE RESTART WITH was failing to change the initial value.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5130) Minor regression: wrong error message was being returned on an attempt to compile a view
with both a subquery and the WITH CHECK OPTION clause in its definition—an illegal combination.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5122) The optimizer could avoid using an expression index if the query was running in a different
connection character set to the one that was in effect when the index was created.
Bugs Fixed
178
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4645) Internal Firebird consistency check (cannot find tip page (165), file: tra.cpp line: 2375)
would occur if too many transactions were created for one connection to a read-only database. This was a very
old bug, dating back to InterBase 6.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes
(CORE-5153) Regression: The server would crash when aggregate functions were used together with
the NOT IN predicate.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Utilities
gbak
(CORE-5143) gbak restore could fail when there was some SQL function accessing a table while the
switch -O(NE_AT_A_TIME) was in use.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
gfix
(CORE-5140) An attempt to set the number of page buffers to a non-supported value would return the
wrong error message.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-5194) An invalid COMPUTED BY definition was being generated by the 'extract metadata'
operation.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
179
Monitoring
(CORE-5179) Database-level statistics (MON$STAT_GROUP = 0) could contain multiple rows under
concurrent load.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
User Management
(CORE-5189) The codes of operation for user management plug-ins were missing from the public API.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5162) Users with the same name can co-exist in the security database if they are created by
different plug-ins. However, tags or attributes for a user created using one plug-in were being displayed in the
SEC$ virtual tables for the same-name user created by the other plug-in.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5155) [CREATE OR] ALTER USER statement would fail if the PASSWORD parameter was present
and was not specified immediately after the USER parameter.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Builds
(CORE-5181) The build would fail if HAVE_MMAP was not defined.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5180) Root rights were unnecessarily required to build a Linux package.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5134) The samples of dbcrypt-related plug-ins contained references to internal files.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
180
Firebird 3.0 Release Candidate 2:
Bug Fixes and Minor Improvements
The following tweaks and bug fixes were reported prior to v.3.0.0 release candidate 2:
Minor Improvements
(CORE-4996) NEW: SECURITY2.FDB —> SECURITY3.FDB upgrade feature
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1538) NEW: An option was added to the API function isc_database_info() to return the
number of free pages in a database.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5112) IMPROVEMENT: The error messages for a malformed SQDLA were improved.
Implemented by D. Sibiryakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5100) IMPROVEMENT: Improved control over database crypt keys, see Encryption Tasks.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5083) IMPROVEMENT: A method was provided to set the correct offsets in user-implemented
IMessageMetadata.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5077) IMPROVEMENT: In isql, SHOW DATABASE includes the encryption status of the
database, as does gstat -h[eader].
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5063) IMPROVEMENT: In isql, SHOW DATABASE includes the numbers of used and free
pages in the database.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
181
(CORE-5028) IMPROVEMENT: The remote port number was added to the monitoring table MON
$ATTACHMENTS.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4978) IMPROVEMENT: Validation and repair of lost data pages have been improved.
Implemented by R. Simakov, V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2493) IMPROVEMENT: The IP address of the remote host is now appended to error messages
in firebird.log for TCP connections.
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs
Core Engine
(CORE-5110) A false primary or foreign key violation could be reported when an attachment used the
isc_dpb_no_garbage_collect flag.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5104) SELECTs from an external data source would become slow.
fixed by V. Khorsun, A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5097) COMPUTED BY expressions were not being converted to their data type inside the engine.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5093) ALTER COLUMN was not changing the type of a computed column where it should.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5082) The server was not validating the correctness of the user/password pair provided in the
EXECUTE STATEMENT operation.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
182
(CORE-5078) The "Invalid BLOB ID" error was being thrown unexpectedly after a large VARCHAR
column was changed to text BLOB.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5075) ON DISCONNECT trigger with EXECUTE STATEMENT was not working and would
lead to a server crash when it was recreated.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5062)
fixed by A. dos Santos FernandesFunction CHAR_TO_UUID on an indexed column would throw the error
"expression evaluation not supported".
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5060) CREATE VIEW that selected from a system table would fail, despite all grants being
available.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5056) The write lock on the database file was being cleared when retrieving the database statistics
via the Services API.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5049) Byte-length for view columns was being calculated incorrectly.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5047) mapUser() routine would establish a secondary attachment using the wrong provider.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5039) Connecting to a service with an invalid service name would yield an incorrect error message.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5034) A delay of at least 5 seconds could occur on disconnect if the disconnect followed closely
on an Event Manager initialization.
fixed by V. Khorsun
Bugs Fixed
183
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5033) The file fb_user_mapping could be left behind in the Firebird lock directory after a
correct shutdown of all Firebird worker processes.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5032) Connection to a database with its own security database was not possible in the absence
of security3.fdb.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5026) Firebird authentication would give up after failing to establish authentication via the first
common plugin.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5020) An ORDER BY clause on the key columns of a compound index could disable usage of
other indices.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5018) Non-indexed predicates might not have been applied immediately after retrieval when
tables were being joined.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5017) Interrupt of aux connection during TCP setup phase would cause a server exit due to an
unhandled exception.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5014) Interrupt of aux connection during TCP setup phase was producing unclear error messages
in firebird.log.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4997) Races would occur when two threads tried simultaneously to establish the first enbedded
connection to the engine.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
184
(CORE-4991) The Keyholder plug-in was being loaded on connection to a database but not on creating
a database.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4980) The REVOKE operator could modify the privileges granted to system tables at database
creation time.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4969) The SEC$USERS table became unavailable when an error occurred in any configured
UserManager plug-in.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4964) Real errors during connection to a security database were being hidden by the Srp user
manager.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4885) Retrieving the current user name when using Windows trusted authentication and an OS
user name containing non-ASCII characters would cause an error.
fixed by A. Peshkov, D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4840) Transactions with isc_tpb_autocommit could hang the server.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2923) Dependencies with views were exhibiting a problem.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes
(CORE-5107) SET AUTODDL OFF and sequence of CREATE + ALTER + DROP VIEW would lead
to a server crash.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
185
(CORE-5087) A database shutdown could cause a server crash if multiple attachments were running
EXECUTE STATEMENT.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5016) The server could crash during garbage collection when a DELETE is executed after adding
a new referencing column.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5015) The server could crash when an event was posted from an ON DISCONNECT trigger.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4982) The server could crash during a select from a procedure if an exception was thrown while
backing out the current savepoint.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Database Encryption
(CORE-5105) Deadlocks could occur when a database was initially encrypted.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5044) Pages were being encrypted for each shadow separately.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5041) A database could be corrupted after ALTER DATABASE ENCRYPT/DECRYPT was
issued multiple times per database open time.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4999) Trying to access a database with an invalid crypt key would cause a deadlock.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4990) Databases were not being decrypted completely.
Bugs Fixed
186
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-5102) fbclient.dll API calls were (wrongly) modifying the FPU control word.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5067) New connections were being blocked as a consequence of sweeps of the security database
taking too long.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5042) The V.3 client could not create a database on a V.2.5 server.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5029) A crash could occur in fbclient when a multi-threaded application was using the XNET
protocol.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4998) Neither client nor server could close the connection after failed authentication.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Utilities
gbak
(CORE-5101) Restore wass slow when the database contained many small tables with indices.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
gstat
(CORE-5088) A segmentation fault could occur while gstat -h was closing.
Bugs Fixed
187
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-5092) The EXTRACT command would lose the data types of COMPUTED BY columns.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5089) Metadata extraction (isql -X): A "CREATE PROCEDURE/FUNCTION" statement would
retain the TYPE OF reference to a table column that no longer existed, if the procedure or function had a
parameter of that type declared at the time it was created.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5061) Plan output was being unexpectedly truncated after a query was simplified by shortening it.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Monitoring
(CORE-4708) Content of MON$EXPLAINED_PLAN in MON$STATEMENTS was being truncated if
it exceeded the 32KB limit.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4179) The MON$ tables became unavailable when there was intensive disk-bound load.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Builds and Installers
(CORE-5053) (POSIX): changeServerMode.sh could mess with configuration.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-5002) (WINDOWS): The Windows installer exhibited some character set confusion (ANSI vs.
UTF8) in its GUI for non-English environments.
fixed by P. Reeves
Bugs Fixed
188
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4910) (WINDOWS): The Windows build would fail if a path to source files contained spaces.
fixed by D. Sibiryakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4862) (WINDOWS): ibase.h from the x64 package included a nonexistent file.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4842) (POSIX): the installer script would fail in some Linux environments.
fixed by A. Peshkov, M. Masyk
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0 Release Candidate 1:
Bug Fixes and Minor Improvements
The following bug fixes and tweaks were reported prior to v.3.0.0 release candidate 1:
Minor Improvements
(CORE-4911) IMPROVEMENT: Most errors that occur in providers are fatal and it is pointless to try
other providers in the hope another will succeed when that one failed. As an example, if the remote redirector
detects that the format of the database connection string matches a certain protocol, trying other providers will
be futile if connection on that protocol failed. Or, suppose the engine reports some internal database error (other
than invalid ODS version) it will be no use trying to open the same database through the loopback provider.
A better option appeared to be to enumerate the codes for those errors after which it would make sense to try
other providers—primarily isc_unavailable and isc_no_priv. Given the desirability of retaining the
content of the status vector as-is, the solution was to add some more error codes.
Implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4898) IMPROVEMENT: Creation and loading of functions was slow when there were many
functions in the database. This process has been given a speed boost.
Implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4880) IMPROVEMENT: Creating packages containing many functions was slow. This process
has been given a speed boost.
Implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
Bugs Fixed
189
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4939) IMPROVEMENT: I/O operations on the nBackup backup file at are now aligned at the
page size boundary
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4936) IMPROVEMENT: Internal contention in the background garbage collector has been reduced
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4935) IMPROVEMENT: Performance was improved on backing out a dead record version or
undoing a newly created primary record version when the back-version chain gets too long
Implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs
Core Engine
(CORE-4984) Ordering by a compound index together with a range condition was giving wrong results
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4954) Packaged procedure with a default input value would not be called if the default parameter
was not specified
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4952) SuperServer could hang on database shutdown
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4951) The message “Incorrect parameters provided to internal function INF_transaction_info
Invalid token” was reported when trying to commit a two-phase-commit transaction
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4950) Statistics could not be recalculated or updated for any system index
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
Bugs Fixed
190
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4947) A compound ALTER TABLE statement that tried to ADD and DROP the same check
constraint would fail
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4943) Casting a Dialect 1 date to string would break when a domain with a check constraint
was present
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4938) Operations (get statistics, change forced wites, make backup) could not be completed on
a database when working in embedded mode
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4929) PSQL source with “ELSE IF ( <expr> ) THEN” block containing commands to manipulate
an explicit cursor would not compile
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4921) Predicate IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM was not being pushed into unions/aggregates,
resulting in sub-optimal plans
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4917) ALTER DOMAIN ... TO <new_name> would allow the <new_name> to be specified in
the same pattern as domains generated by the system, i.e., matching to 'RDB$[[:DIGIT:]]*'
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4914) Moving a database into the 'full shutdown' state could corrupt indexes on long-key text
columns
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4909) MERGE / HASH JOINs would produce incorrect results when VARCHAR join keys
differed only by trailing spaces
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
191
(CORE-4906) An access violation would occur if the server was shut down with active trace session(s)
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4904) Index corruption could occur while inserting data into a long-key-indexed field
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4902) Failure of assertion (m_format->fmt_length == m_data.getCount())
fixed by D. Yemanov, V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4897) The fbsvcmgr could produce a broken log when restoring a database
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4890) Placing a comment (single-lined or multi-lined) between the final END statement and the
terminator character (^) in stored procedure code produced a compiling error if the utility tool used the legacy
API
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4889) Using fbsvcmgr with action_trace_start under SuperSsrver would cause a livelock
and prevent attachments using local protocol
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4887) An AFTER CREATE/ALTER PACKAGE DDL trigger would run before inserts and updates
of RDB$PROCEDURES and RDB$FUNCTIONS, whereas it should run after all changes to the system tables.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4884) A script containing EXECUTE BLOCK with MULTIPLE nested BEGIN..END statements
would cause a crash during parsing
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4872) The V.3 fbclient could not work with servers older than V.2.5 via the remote protocol
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
192
(CORE-4861) A segmentation fault could occur when working with a saved exception in a request
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4854) The client library was handling non-UTF8 representation of international characters incor-
rectly in the SPB
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4848) MERGE ... WHEN NOT MATCHED ... RETURNING was returning wrong (non-null)
values when no insert was performed
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4846) Altering a trigger to attempt to change the table to which it belongs did not succeed but it
failed with bizarre results and an unhelpful error message
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4836) GRANT UPDATE(c) ON T TO U01 WITH GRANT OPTION: user U01 would be unable
to revoke this privilege if some DML was executed before REVOKE
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4710) “Invalid request BLR at offset 361 context already in use (BLR error)” was the wrong
message for the error concerned, occurring only when the context count was near the 256 limit
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4680) Deadlock could occur during attachment
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4585) A column CHECK constraint could not be created if the column was based on a domain
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4497) Regression: wrong handling in FOR-cursor when a “NOT EXISTS( select from <view> )”
expression was used to check results obtained from a stored procedure
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
193
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4292) The server would ignores asynchronous requests (monitoring or cancellation) while preparing
a query with a lot of windowed functions
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4279) Invalid error message: “CHARACTER SET OCTETS is not defined” when creating a
database specifying isc_dpb_lc_ctype = OCTETS
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4277) A database could be created with an invalid character set as its default
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4276) CREATE TABLE would throw an error if a column was being defined with the character
set DOS775
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4107) (subquery + derived table + union) would produce a wrong result set
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3717) Anomalies existed between the three methods of user management, regarding valid user
names and passwords
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3545) Validation of domain constraints in PSQL was inconsistent
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
POSIX-Specific
(CORE-4919) On AIX and Solaris, all processes on a Classic server would hang after the death of one
process
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
194
Windows-Specific
(CORE-4859) Embedded server could not work without the folder C:\ProgramData\firebird
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4860) Online validation on Windows would fail if the dbname argument contained forward slash
('/') and a concurrent attachment existed that also used '/'
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Services API
(CORE-4879) When using the Services API to manage users (from fbsvcmgr or by building a SPB in some
program, for example) it was required—but not documented—to place the user name parameter immediately
after the desired action (add/modify). If any other parameter was placed before the user name, the Services
Manager on the server would go crazy and build a wrong command line for the gsec service.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Utilities
fbsvcmgr
(CORE-4855) Online validation during DML activity in another connection would lead to errors: “Error
while trying to read from file” and “Page in use during flush (210)”
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4876) A named trace session launched by fbsvcmgr with a non-empty value for the parameter
trc_name could not be stopped using its name
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
gbak
(CORE-4928) The connection information in an ON CONNECT trigger could not be saved if the connection
was established by gbak
Bugs Fixed
195
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
gfix
(CORE-4899) Using gfix -online in Classic returned the message "IProvider::attachDatabase failed
when loading mapping cache" if access was using a remote protocol
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4865) Online validation could return a false report of double-allocated pages
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3548) gfix would return an error after correctly shutting down a database
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-4882) The isql INPUT command (or the -i option at the command line) was reading large (>
64K) lines incorrectly
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4864) CREATE DATABASE fails in isql
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4870) In isql, SET COUNT ON reports the wrong number of affected rows when issuing UPDATE
on a view which was created WITH CHECK OPTION
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0 Second Beta Release: Bug Fixes
The following bug fixes were reported prior to the v.3.0.0 Beta 2 release:
Bugs Fixed
196
Core Engine
(CORE-4819) failure of the engine to check the validity of RETURNING_VALUES for EXECUTE
PROCEDURE and INTO for EXECUTE STATEMENT could lead to bugchecks.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4809) HASH/MERGE JOIN was not used for more than two streams if they were joined via
USING/NATURAL clauses and the join was based on DBKEY concatenations.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4806) Regression: generators could be seen and modified by unprivileged users.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4798) Regression: MIN() or MAX() with a join would ignore possible index navigation.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4789) Timestamps that were out of valid range were not prevented from being cast to VARCHAR
or CHAR.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4786) When an attempt was made to insert a duplicate value into a primary or unique key column,
where the length of the key was 127 characters or more, the problematic key was not shown in the error message.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4781) Maximum string length (32765 bytes) was not being validated by the parser.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4774) Table aliasing was being required unnecessarily when doing UPDATE ... RETURNING
RDB$ pseudo-columns.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
197
(CORE-4768) CREATE USER ... TAGS ( argument_1 = 'value1', ..., argument_N = 'valueN' ) would
return wrong results from the statement when there were many arguments.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4767) In CREATE USER ... TAGS ( attr = 'prefix #suffix' ) the character “#” in the attribute value
would cause the subsequent characters to be dropped from storage.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4760) A user with non-ascii (multi-byte) characters in the name could not be created.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4759) A request synchronization error could occur when building an expression index.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4755) A parameterized exception would produce wrong output when the number of arguments
exceeded seven.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4754) Manipulations with a GTT from several attachments (using EXECUTE STATEMENT
with an ON EXTERNAL clause and different roles) could lead to the error “Internal Firebird consistency check
(invalid SEND request (167), file: JrdStatement.cpp line: 325)”.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4753) Firebird could hang in the embedded mode.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4752) EXECUTE STATEMENT using BLOB parameters would result in an “Invalid BLOB
ID” error.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4747) The error “Invalid BLOB ID” could occur when retrieving MON$STATEMENTS.MON
$SQL_TEXT using EXECUTE STATEMENT with an ON EXTERNAL clause with the db_connect argument
unspecified.
Bugs Fixed
198
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4744) The statement ALTER DATABASE SET DEFAULT CHARACTER SET exhibited two
faults: 1) it would take effect only once for the current attachment; 2) it was not checking that the new character
set existed until it was actually used.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4743) A granted role would not work with a non-ASCII user name.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4740) SIMILAR TO with quantifier {n,} in the pattern was failing in v.2.5 with the error “Invalid
pattern” and was producing strange results in v.3.0.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4733) The command ALTER TABLE <T> ALTER TYPE <C>
DOMAIN_WITH_NOT_NULL was not verifying the data in column <C> and would make incorrect assign-
ments in <C> to ZERO / JULIAN_DATE / ASCII(0) for types INT, TIMESTAMP and VARCHAR.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4725) Inconsistencies were exhibited with ALTER DOMAIN and ALTER TABLE involving
DROP NOT NULL and PRIMARY KEYs.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4719) The message “Statement failed, SQLSTATE = 00000 + unknown ISC error 0” would appear
when issuing REVOKE ALL ON ALL FROM <existing_user>.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4713) A “BLOB not found” error would be thrown at rollback after inserting into a table with
an expression index.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4712) Messages stating “Error in isc_release_request() ... when working with legacy security
database” were appearing in firebird.log for the Classic server when connecting with legacy authentication.
Bugs Fixed
199
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4702) Join order was less optimal than in v2.x.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4684) An error was being thrown while preparing a complex query (“Too many Contexts of
Relation/Procedure/Views. Maximum allowed is 256”.)
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4675) Conditions like WHERE <field> = <cursor>.<field> would not use an existing index.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4673) A computed index based on a computed column would store NULL for all its keys.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4670) Constraint violation errors could be swallowed in some cases.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4668) SELECT FROM MON$TABLE_STATS did not work on Superclassic and Classic.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4665) Search criteria would produce wrong results on WHERE <field_C> STARTING WITH
<:value> ORDER BY <field_N> when field_C was the leading part of a compound index key consisting of
{ field_C, field_N }.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4659) A bug was introduced when implementing support for multiple user managers, whereby
the error “Missing security context for .....\SECURITY3.FDB” could appear when performing some operations
where per-database security was configured.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
200
(CORE-4656) The server could hang while chasing dead record versions.
fixed by D. Starodubov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4655) MSVC8 and MSVC9 builds of Beta 1 were failing.
fixed by D. Starodubov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4648) A user with the RDB$ADMIN role was denied the privilege for CREATE DATABASE.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4644) Security context and open database errors could present under heavy concurrent load.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4634) The error “No current record for fetch operation” could occur when the same indexed
column was specified in both the WHERE and the ORDER BY clauses.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4631) When the shared memory region backing the lock table could not be remapped, the status
vector would return the error message “Lock manager out of room” without any low-level details (e.g. OS level
error), thus hiding the real cause of the problem.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4624) Firebird's handling of ':' characters in mount table entries was invalid.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4623) PSQL variables based on “Domain” and “Type Of” referring to BLOB with sub_type <
0 were no longer working.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4622) Triggers with the UPDATE OR INSERT statement and IIF() were not working as expected.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
201
(CORE-4618) Rollback was failing to undo changes when a MERGE statement was updating the same
target rows multiple times and the optimizer used PLAN MERGE.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4604) EXECUTE STATEMENT was inflating the CHAR_LENGTH() size for VARCHARs.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4599) The REPLACE() function was not working correcting with multi-byte character sets.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4583) The embedded engine would try to load the ICU DLLs from PATH folders.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4582) During the “linger” period, problems would occur when attempting to change some database
properties.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4581) The embedded server was trying to load UDFs from wrong place.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4572) The incorrect error message was returned for PSQL functions when the number of actual
arguments did not match the number of formal arguments.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4571) Selecting from a table with ICU columns would fail where the database had been created
on Linux with ICU 4.2.1 and then copied to Windows.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4561) BUGCHECK(183) was thrown when using a cursor with ORDER BY ID+0 and FOR
UPDATE WITH LOCK.
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
202
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4539) The server would not accept the right plan.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4507) Procedure source could not be deleted.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4472) The message “Modifying function <F> which is currently in use” was displayed when <F>
was called from an internal function declared in another unit.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4384) Problems would occur when a table grew beyond 65535 pointer pages.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4383) Index and BLOBs garbage collection was not working for in-place updates.
fixed by D. Sibiryakov & D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4382) User savepoints were not being released on COMMIT.
fixed by D. Sibiryakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4369) BUGCHECK(177) was being thrown for a MERGE involving multiple matches.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4280) Stored PSQL functions would accept duplicate input arguments.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4161) It was not possible to insert records into a table having a column GENERATED BY
DEFAULT AS IDENTITY in its DDL.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
203
(CORE-3373) It was possible to store a 31-character string in a VARCHAR(25) column.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2932) Field position would be wrong after ALTER POSITION.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2848) Page-level “lock conversion denied” or “lock denied” errors could occur under high load
when no deadlocks were apparent.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-214) COUNT (DISTINCT ...) was too slow.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes
(CORE-4766) An access violation would occur on an attempt to manage the users list using EXECUTE
STATEMENT on behalf of a non-SYSDBA user having the RDB$ADMIN role.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4705) Superclassic would crash at disconnect after running EXECUTE STATEMENT as non-
current user.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4653) Infinite mutual stored procedure calls were causing the server to crash instead of returning
the appropriate error, “Too many concurrent executions of the same request”.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4075) The server would bugcheck or crash on an exception in a calculated index.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3632) The application would crash after calling fork() in a process using libfbembed.so.
Bugs Fixed
204
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-4795) fbclient was executing the event callback function twice.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4794) isc_cancel_events() was returning the error “invalid events id (handle) (code: 335545021)”
if an event was no longer queued.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4788) The Superclassic server could hang when receiving a network packet.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4785) Bad op_execute packet would kill the server.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4756) Events were broken in Firebird 3.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4646) Attachment would fail when using LegacyAuth on the server and the default configuration
on the client.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4639) Linux servers could reject connections with a transliteration error.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4471) The Legacy_Auth plugin would not connect from a FB3 to a FB2.5 server when tried
after Win_Sspi.
fixed by A. Peshkov
Bugs Fixed
205
~ ~ ~
Utilities
isql
(CORE-4782) SHOW TABLE command in isql would fail when the table contained a field with Unicode
collation in its DDL.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4706) isql was padding BLOB columns wrongly when the column alias had more than 17 characters.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4578) In isql, INPUT files were not being properly closed.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4503) In isql, the command SHOW USERS would display only the current user.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4259) The call to setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "") should not be made in isql for Windows.
fixed by F. Schlottmann-Goedde & D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
gbak
(CORE-4715) Restore of a shadowed database would fail if the -k (“restore without shadow”) switch
was used.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4704) Permissions for generators and exceptions were being corrupted after backup/restore.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
206
gsec
(CORE-4698) Typing add -user SYSDBA -pw masterkey -admin yes into gsec would crash firebird.exe.
fixed by V. Khorsun & A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0 Second Beta Release: Improvements
The following improvements were implemented prior to the v.3.0.0 Beta 2 release:
(CORE-4791) INSERTING, UPDATING and DELETING were made reserved words to fix ambiguity
with Boolean expressions.
implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4735) An expression 'where bool_field IS true | false' can now use the same index as 'where
bool_field = true | false' if such an index exists.
implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4731) Issuing DML or DDL statements on the RDB$-- system tables is prohibited in Firebird 3.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4729) A flag was added to MON$DATABASE to assist in determining what type of security
database is used - default, self or other.
implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4696) Flushing dirty pages to disk after creation of a temporary table index is now avoided.
implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4685) Resolved some risky issues on POSIX when aliases in databases.conf were pointing
to symbolic or hard links, allowing invalid database accesses.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4671) Internal temporary blobs are released early, to free up some memory\disk space.
Bugs Fixed
207
implemented by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4610) Diagnostics will now report a tag name when transliteration errors occur in Parameter
Block values.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4607) Support added for having multiple UserManagers in firebird.conf and for using them
from SQL.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4605) The configuration parameter CryptPlugin was renamed to WireCryptPlugin.
implemented by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4590) The data type of the result returned by the functions CHAR_LENGTH(), BIT_LENGTH()
and OCTET_LENGTH() for BLOBs was changed to BIGINT.
implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4386) “Object in use” errors now come with more details.
implemented by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3526) Support was added for WHEN SQLSTATE error handlers in PSQL.
implemented by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3234) Support was added for text BLOBs >= 32K as the first argument for the TRIM() function.
implemented by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3226) IPv6 support for the remote interface.
implemented by M. Kubecek
~ ~ ~
(CORE-733) Compression of data over the network.
implemented by A. Peshkov
Bugs Fixed
208
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0 First Beta Release
The following improvements and bug fixes were reported prior to the v.3.0.0 Beta 1 release:
Core Engine
(CORE-4576) The Cache Writer thread could not start.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4574) Regression: Incorrect result in subquery with aggregate.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4570) ALTER PACKAGE was returning a wrong error.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4566) Incorrect size of the output parameter or argument when EXECUTE BLOCK, procedure
or function used a system field in the metadata character set.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4565) GDSCODE could have value = 0 in WHEN-section under some concurrent environments.
This bug affected Superclassic and Classic models but not Superserver.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4555) A DDL trigger was remaining active after being dropped.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4530) A DB_KEY based join of two tables could be ineffective.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4522) DDL permissions were not protecting against removal of BLOB filters.
Bugs Fixed
209
fixed by R. Simakov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4515) Regression: trace was reporting UPDATEs in statistics when doing INSERT into
<some_table>.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4505) Use of a named cursor would fail if a statement was not executed.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4488) A FOR SELECT <L> FROM <T> AS CURSOR <C> seems to return a wrong result
if table <T> is modified inside the cursor's BEGIN...END block. Cursor references, which are not variables,
should represent the current state of the record. If it was updated "in place" (via "where current of"), then cursor
references should return the new values. The first example reported in CORE-4488 should return NULLs.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4478) Failure to load a provider or plugin was not reported anywhere.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4477) The field RDB$MAP_TO_TYPE was missing from the system table RDB$TYPES.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4468) CREATE USER GRANT ADMIN ROLE did not work.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4464) Duplicate tags for CREATE/ALTER USER were not handled correctly.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4453) Regression: The NOT NULL constraint, if declared in a domain, did not work.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4447) A positioned UPDATE statement would preclude its index usage for the subsequent cursor
field references.
Bugs Fixed
210
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4444) Engine could hang and block all attachments in an out-of-disk-space condition during
physical backup.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4433) GlobalRWLock could not downgrade an EX lock to SH if readers were present.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4435) After calling release() instead of detach() for an attachment to a database in embedded
mode, the attachment would remain interminably active.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4430) Properties of a user created in Legacy_UserManager were padded with spaces up to 10
characters.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4415) Pointless extraction of generic DDL trigger.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4396) A query executed via EXECUTE STATEMENT was returning the wrong result.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4395) EXECUTE STATEMENT ON EXTERNAL was not finding a Firebird 2.5 database.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4394) "Cursor not found error" when using the legacy API.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4388) SELECT WITH LOCK could enter an infinite loop for a single record.
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
211
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4381) Run-time errors were returning incorrect line/column information.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4379) Explicit cursors containing correlated subqueries in the select list were performing poorly.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4376) Preparation of an erroneous DDL statement was not indicating that the main command failed.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4375) A procedure would execute infinitely if it contained more than 32767 statements inside
any BEGIN/END block.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4374) Truncation error when using EXECUTE STATEMENT with a BLOB.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4373) Package compilation was not checking for duplicate names.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4372) Deadlock could occur when two data pages contained record fragments pointing to each other.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4371) A CREATE FUNCTION or CREATE PROCEDURE statement that referred to a non-
existent exception would return the error message “Error while parsing function's BLR” instead of “exception
not defined”.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4366) A WHERE predicate containing NULL IS NOT DISTINCT FROM (select min(NULL)
from ...) was returning the wrong result.
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
212
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4365) Equality predicate distribution was not working for some complex queries.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4360) SELECT from derived table which contains GROUP BY on a column with a literal value
was returning wrong results.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4354) Parsing of a recursive query would return the error “Column does not belong to referenced
table” when the source table did have such a column.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4353) Sorting records were larger than was really necessary.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4344) Error “no current record for fetch operation” when table inner joins procedure inner joins
table.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4334) Resources (e.g. sort files) owned by a trigger could be left unreleased when the trigger
was interrupted asynchronously.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4331) LAG, LEAD and NTH_VALUE would raise an error when the second argument was NULL.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4330) The function LAG returned an incorrect result if the OFFSET value was assigned from a table.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4326) The keyword SET was required in the ALTER USER statement when it should have been
optional.
fixed by A. Peshkov
Bugs Fixed
213
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4318) Regression: Predicates involving PSQL variables or parameters were not pushed inside
the aggregation.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4313) Error “Attempt to reopen an open cursor” could be raised if the query handle was reused
in a different transaction.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4309) The 'Cache Writer' record in MON$ATTACHMENTS would vanish when deleting, via
delete from MON$ATTACHMENTS, another connection that was running a heavy update on a big table.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4307) Any fields present only in the WHERE clause of a view WITH CHECK OPTION would
cause an invalid CHECK CONSTRAINT violation.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4303) Possible races during service destruction.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4301) Non-ASCII data in SEC$USERS was not read correctly.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4286) The error “Statement already has a cursor assigned” would be thrown when trying to execute
another SQL statement using a different cursor name.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4118) Expression index might be overlooked for derived fields or view fields.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3305) A “BLOB not found” error would be returned after creating or altering an invalid trigger.
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
214
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2350) An over-long column name for a SELECT alias was not being rejected, as it should have been.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1475) A database which had active attachments could not be replaced from a backup file even
after the database was shut down.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Server Crashes
(CORE-4575) The server would crash in the garbage collector thread at disconnect of the last attachment.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4568) The server could crash while disconnecting from the database under load.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4510) A database validation bug could cause the server to crash.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4506) The server would crash when executing almost any "show ..." commands after a reconnect.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4500) Firebird would crash after an unsuccessful remapping of the lock table's shared memory.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4498) The server would crash when getting an explained plan for a DBKEY-based retrieval.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4422) The server would crash when using ROW_NUMBER()over( PARTITION BY x) in an
ORDER by clause.
Bugs Fixed
215
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4419) The server could crash while sorting records longer than 128KB.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4322) The engine would crash when aggregate or window functions were used in a recursive query.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4321) Regression: isql was not destroying the SQL statement.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4319) The engine would crash when the Trace config contained the line “connection_id=NN” and
an attempt was made to connect to a non-existent database or alias.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4304) The engine would crash when an attempt to REcreate a table with a foreign key was made
after a syntax error that preceded the RECREATE attempt.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-4275) CREATE DATABASE would fault if fbclient.dll was loaded from another directory
(Providers = Engine12).
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Utilities
isql
(CORE-4480) isql would issue the warning “Bad debug info format” when connecting to a database with
stored functions after a restore.
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
216
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4440) isql would crash without connecting when executing the command SHOW VERSION.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4380) isql would truncate a BLOB when reading an empty segment.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4320) Regression: isql would crash when receiving statistics from the execution of a SQL query.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
gbak
(CORE-4470) gbak restore would fail on a database containing dependency between views and packaged
functions.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4425) User collations based on UNICODE were not being upgraded to a newer ICU version
on restore.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4417) gbak refused to commit the index for a primary key with characters accented with an umlaut.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4346) V.3 gbak was unable to restore backups made on earlier server versions.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
nBackup
(CORE-4461) nBackup was printing error messages to stdout instead of stderr.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
217
qli
(CORE-4327) qli was throwing an error when copying NULL blobs between databases.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0 Second Alpha Release
The following improvements and bug fixes were reported as fixed prior to the v.3.0.0 release:
Core Engine
(CORE-4302) Descending index could be very inefficient for some keys
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4289) A NOT NULL field from a derived table could become NULL when referred to from
outside the derived table
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4281) TYPE OF arguments of stored functions could cause the server to hang if depending on
a domain or column that had been changed
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4270) A subquery involving a windowed function and a where <field> IN(select ...)
condition could cause an error
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4265) An unexpected lock conflict error could be raised while connecting to a heavily loaded
database
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4262) Context parsing errors could occur with derived tables and CASE functions
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
218
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4261) JOIN result could be wrong when joined fields had been created via the row_number()
function
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4258) The boundary for the minimum value for BIGINT/DECIMAL(18) was wrong
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4251) The Guardian service could write garbage after the end of a message in the Event Log
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4250) Access violation could occur in Guardian at process shutdown
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4237) Metadata being reported from system table queries for UDF return arguments was different
to that returned in Firebird 2.5
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4234) IF (subfunc()) would throw an error when subfunc returned a Boolean
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4229) Bidirectional cursor was not being positioned by the first call of FETCH LAST
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4227) A parser conflict was causing wrong evaluation of BETWEEN and Boolean expressions
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4216) Memory leak with TRIGGER ON TRANSACTION COMMIT
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
219
(CORE-4211) The embedded engine would hang for 5 seconds when closing, with errors about timeout
in shutdown process and invalid mutex being written into firebird.log
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4201) A computed field would return NULL inside a BEFORE INSERT trigger
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4198) An incorrect “token unknown” error would occur when an SQL string ended with a hex
number literal
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4177) Some Boolean expressions were not being allowed
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4159) Incorrect memory statistics were being reported
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4156) RDB$GET_CONTEXT/RDB$SET_CONTEXT parameters were being described incor-
rectly as CHAR NOT NULL instead of VARCHAR NULLABLE
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3989) Bad performance and slow response were exhibited when many concurrent sorts were
executed
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3921) With bugcheckabort=1 and sweep starting at gap ~21000, “Bugcheck 186 (record disap-
peared)” and 100% CPU load would occur
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2165) Unnecessary index reads could occur when using a strict inequality condition
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Bugs Fixed
220
Server Crashes
(CORE-4293) The server could crash on a SELECT with a long or complex list of compound AND/
OR'd predicates
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4271) Recreation of an errant package body could cause the engine to crash
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4268) Disconnecting from a database could cause a server crash
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4267) Sweeping a database could cause a server crash
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4225) The server could crash when trace activity was attempted on a database having a database-
level trigger
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4185) Server crashes could occur, reporting “invalid lock id (NNNNN)”
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-4283) “Resource temporarily unavailable” errors could occur while events were being registered
simultaneously
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4236) Database shutdown was being reported as successfully completed before all active connec-
tions had actually been interrupted
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
221
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4178) The new API was still returning obscure historical definition artifacts of data fields, instead
of proper metadata properties that would make the interface actually usable
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4162) Warnings were not being returned from calls to attachDatabase()
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Security/User Management
(CORE-4241) Log-in could succeed with an empty password
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4200) An uncommitted SELECT from the pseudo table sec$users would block new database
connections
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
Procedural Language
(CORE-4247) Positioned DELETE (WHERE CURRENT OF <CURSOR>) could fail for tables with
newly added fields
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4244) Creating a procedure could be a problem if it involved adding text in DOS864 character set
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4184) An error would be raised while executing an empty EXECUTE BLOCK with NOT NULL
output parameter
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4160) A parameterized exception would mishandle non-ASCII characters passed as the parameter
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
Bugs Fixed
222
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4145) Preparing an EXECUTE BLOCK that used domains was causing a memory leak
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Data Definition Language
(CORE-4214) Global temporary tables were able to reference permanent relations, which they should
not be able to do
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4212) Dropping a foreign key on a Global temporary table would cause a server crash
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4203) Packaged routines with CHAR or VARCHAR parameters could not be created
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4180) CREATE COLLATION was not verifying the base collation character set
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4173) Setting a generator value twice in a single transaction would set it to zero
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4155) External routines DDL in packages was wrongly reporting termination with semi-colon
as an error
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Data Manipulation Language
(CORE-4269) Wrong output would be produced when a field with the result of a windowed function was
used in a query with a useless WHERE 0=0 and GROUP BY clause
fixed by D. Yemanov
Bugs Fixed
223
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4255) Parameterized queries using RDB$DB_KEY would not work
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4240) Recursive query would return incorrect results if passage through more than one branch
was requested
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4158) LIKE with escape was not working
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Utilities
gfix
(CORE-4297) gfix would crash when the size of the description of a limbo transaction was larger than 1 KB
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
fbsvcmgr
(CORE-4298) fbsvcmgr was not recognising sts_record_versions and other sts switches
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-4259) Bug in the isql command setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "") on Windows due to a reference
to editline, which is not available on that platform
fixed by F. Schlottmann-Goedde
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4205) ISQL -x was failing to output the START WITH clause of generators/sequences
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
Bugs Fixed
224
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4149) New permission types were not being displayed by isql
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-362) It was impossible to enter certain characters in isql
fixed by F. Schlottmann-Goedde
~ ~ ~
gbak
(CORE-4202) Backup/restore from an older version to v.3.0 would fail with a BLR error
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4168) A backup containing procedures or triggers that selected from external tables could not
be restored with ExternalFileAccess = None
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4164) Owner name was missing for generators and exceptions restored from a backup
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
nbackup
(CORE-2648) nBackup's delta file was ignoring the Forced Writes setting of the database
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
Database Monitoring (MON$)
(CORE-4235) Deadlock could occur while accessing the monitoring tables under concurrent load
fixed by D. Yemanov & V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4176) Monitoring tables were returning incomplete information in Classic and Superclassic
configurations
Bugs Fixed
225
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Trace
(CORE-4219) Regular expressions with double-slash would fail in trace
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4163) Configuration file fbtrace.conf contained syntax errors
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
International Language Support
Installation Issues
(CORE-4153) Attempting to use Legacy_Auth directly after install would not work without restarting
the service
fixed by P. Reeves
~ ~ ~
Firebird 3.0 First Alpha Release
The following improvements and bug fixes were reported as fixed prior to the v.3.0.0 release:
Core Engine
(CORE-4135) Sweep was blocking the establishment of concurrent attachments in Superserver.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4134) A race condition could occur when auto-sweep was started.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4074) COMPUTED BY columns and POSITION function could produce garbled results.
Bugs Fixed
226
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4027) Creating a table with computed fields containing SELECT FIRST could produce a corrupted
result.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3973) The SQLDA for an aliased column in a grouped query was missing the original table name,
column name and owner.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3947) Wrong results were produced when a column in the WHERE clause used the collation
option (NUMERIC-SORT=1).
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3941) A unique expression index would exhibit a memory alignment problem.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3929) The invalid error “attempted update of read-only column” would appear when selecting
MINVALUE from a list of more than 255 elements.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3894) When an attempt was made to reduce the size of a CHAR or VARCHAR column, the
numbers delivered in the error message were incorrect.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3874) A computed column would appear in non-existent rows output from a left join.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3820) Some character sets were duplicated in the system table RDB$TYPES.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3754) SIMILAR TO was not working correctly.
Bugs Fixed
227
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3735) An unprivileged user could delete from the system tables RDB$DATABASE, RDB$COL-
LATIONS and RDB$CHARACTER_SETS.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3694) “Internal consistency check” would occur in a query with grouping by subquery+stored
procedure+aggregate.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3672) It was not possible to use the SUBSTRING function to create a computed index for large
columns.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3638) Some collation tweaking: FR_CA_CI_AI collation was introduced; FR_FR was changed
to be identical to FR_CA and FR_FR_CI_AI was changed to be identical to the new FR_CA_CI_AI.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3476) The LIST function was concatenating binary blobs as though they were text.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3401) Collation errors could occur with the use of [type of] <domain> and type of <column>.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3373) It was possible to store a string of length 31 characters into a VARCHAR(25) column.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3338) Regression: Code changes had disabled support for expression indexes with COALESCE,
CASE and DECODE.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3317) Success of row deletion depended on the order of insertion of the rows.
Bugs Fixed
228
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3310) A complex expression involving RDB$GET_CONTEXT and BETWEEN worked in DSQL
but failed with a conversion error when selected in a view definition.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3260) Interlock.h was not portable.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3250) The Firebird server could not be started under any user name other than “root”, “firebird”,
“interbas” or “interbase”.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3239) The collation UTF8 UNICODE_CI could not be used in a compound index.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3204) A constraint violation error involving CAST was not being raised inside views.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3052) Comparisons involving multiple index segments could produce wrong result sets.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2988) The concurrent transaction number was not being reported when a lock timeout occurred.
fixed by N. Samofatov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2957) COUNT(*) from a big table could return a negative result.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2952) Character class names in SIMILAR TO expressions could be case-sensitive or case-
insensitive, depending on the collation of the left part, whereas they should be unequivocally case-insensitive.
fixed by D. Sibiryakov
Bugs Fixed
229
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2932) An ALTER TABLE..ALTER COLUMN..ALTER POSITION operation could result in
wrong column positions.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2922) The character set used in a constant was not being registered as a dependency.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2913) COLLATE expressions were being applied incorrectly.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2798) Plan output lacked the names of views when selecting from views that contained procedure
calls.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2796) DB_KEY was always zero for rows in external tables.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2678) A full outer join could not use available indices, resulting in very slow execution sometimes.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2508) Use of certain choices of character in double-quoted index names, for example a bracket
character, could defeat the parsing logic when generating a human-readable plan.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2155) A join of a stored procedure with a view or a table could fail with the error “No current
record for fetch operation”.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1712) A buffer overrun error was being caught erroneously in a DOUBLE PRECISION to
VARCHAR conversion in a Dialect 1 database.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
Bugs Fixed
230
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1605) An aggregated query was causing “Bugcheck 232 (invalid operation)”.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1550) An unnecessary index scan was executed when the same index is mapped to both WHERE
and ORDER BY clauses.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
API/Remote Interface
(CORE-3718) The cient library could hang after an unsuccessful attempt to connect to the remote auxiliary
(events) port.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3475) Parameters inside the CAST function were being wrongly described in the SQLDA as
non-nullable.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3269) The client would perform detach incorrectly when the server became unavailable.
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2484) An erroneous “Success” message would be returned in the error status vector when failing
to connect to a trash database file.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2431) String values in error messages were not converted to the connection character set.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
Procedural Language
(CORE-4018) Use of a system domain in declarations of arguments or return values in a stored procedure
could prevent the procedure from being modifiable.
Bugs Fixed
231
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3737) EXECUTE BLOCK parameter definitions were not being respected and could cause wrong
behavior with respect to character sets.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3545) Validation of domain CHECK constraints when used in PSQL declarations was inconsistent:
it was using the type of the expression, instead of the type of the variable.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3055) The names of variables or arguments could be wrong or absent in error messages when
more than 256 variables were used.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3047) Resolution of EXECUTE BLOCK parameter collations was using wrong logic.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2204) Constraints on stored procedure output parameters were checked even when the procedure
returned no rows.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1620) Incorrect error message (an absurd column number) was returned if an empty SQL string
was prepared for EXECUTE STATEMENT.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Data Definition Language
(CORE-3114) Attempting to drop a non-existent generator (sequence) would result in a serious exception.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3056) Problems could occur if further DDL commands were issued in the same transaction
following a CREATE COLLATION command.
Bugs Fixed
232
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2696) The ALTER TABLE command allowed the addition of a column with a NOT NULL
definition, allowing a non-savvy DBAdmin to wreck the table.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1748) Unrestorable backup: a problem which would occur if ALTER TABLE...ADD COLUMN
added a column with a NOT NULL constraint. The fix for CORE-2696 has now made it impossible to do this.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1518) Adding a non-nullable column to a populated table would render the table inconsistent. The
fix for CORE-2696 has now made it impossible to do this.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1355) Client tools tended to be confused about how to interpret a NULL that is returned from
a non-nullable column. The fix for CORE-2696 has now made it impossible to add a non-nullable column to
a populated table.
It is not clear, though, whether this part of the fix makes it mandatory to specify a default value for a non-
nullable column.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-634) Bad behaviour of DELETE when the WHERE clause was a subquery involving FIRST/
SKIP: the operation would zap every row in the table.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-304) Any user could alter or drop generators and exceptions#a metadata security hole.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
Data Manipulation Language & DSQL
(CORE-4144) When when preparing a query with UNION, the error “context already in use (BLR error)”
was wrongly being thrown.
fixed by V. Khorsun
Bugs Fixed
233
~ ~ ~
(CORE-4005) Recursive CTEs were returning a wrong error message.
fixed by V. Khorsun
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3416) Inserting a word containing the 8-bit character 'ä' into a CHARACTER SET ASCII column
would succeed instead of throwing a transliteration error.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3201) The internal function ATAN2 was returning an incorrect value with arguments (0, 0).
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3174) An expression index involving TRIM could lead to an incorrect indexed lookup.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2699) A common table expression context could be used with parameters.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2606) A multi-byte CHAR value requested as VARCHAR was returned with padded spaces.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2238) With UTF8 and large varchar fields, IS DISTINCT FROM would cause the error “Imple-
mentation limit exceeded”.
fixed by D. Yemanov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1188) STARTING WITH ? (where the parameter value supplied is an empty string) would fail
if the plan used a compound index.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-92) Infinite insertion cycle: INSERT INTO THIS_TABLE SELECT ... FROM THIS_TABLE
would loop forever until resources were exhausted.
fixed by V. Khorsun
Bugs Fixed
234
~ ~ ~
Command-line Utilities
(CORE-2547) Utilities did not always honour the minimum number of characters required to recognise
an option.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
~ ~ ~
Other old bugs that were fixed in utilities:
FbGuard
(CORE-2784) Guardian would keep creating more and more threads each time FBServer died.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
~ ~ ~
(CORE-1595) Firebird Guardian's tray icon would disappear after a Windows Explorer crash.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
~ ~ ~
isql
(CORE-4137) isql was generating metadata script output with syntax errors in the CHARACTER SET
clause, e.g., CHARACTER SETISO8859_1.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-3431) isql was padding UTF-8 data incorrectly.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2788) isql would extract the array dimensions after the character set name.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
~ ~ ~
gbak
(CORE-3575) gbak did not support backup volumes of size greater than 4GB.
Bugs Fixed
235
fixed by A. Peshkov
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2740) gbak would restore invalid views without any warning to the user.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
~ ~ ~
(CORE-2545) Several validations were lacking in gbak.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
~ ~ ~
nbackup
(CORE-2543) nbackup could hide the real cause of a failure.
fixed by C. Valderrama C.
~ ~ ~
International Language Support
(CORE-4136) The “Sharp-S” character was being treated incorrectly in the UNICODE_CI_AI collation.
fixed by A. dos Santos Fernandes
~ ~ ~
236
Chapter 14
Firebird 3.0 Project Teams
Table 14.1. Firebird Development Teams
Developer Country Major Tasks
Dmitry Yemanov Russian
Federation
Full-time database engineer/implementor, core team leader
Alex Peshkov Russian
Federation
Full-time security features coordinator; buildmaster; porting
authority
Claudio Valderrama Chile Code scrutineer; bug-finder and fixer; ISQL enhancements;
UDF fixer, designer and implementor
Vladyslav Khorsun Ukraine Full-time DB engineer, SQL feature designer/implementor
Adriano dos San-
tos Fernandes
Brazil International character-set handling; text and text BLOB en-
hancements; new DSQL features; code scrutineering
Roman Simakov Russian
Federation
Engine contributions
Paul Beach France Release Manager; HP-UX builds; MacOS Builds; Solaris
Builds
Pavel Cisar Czech Re-
public
QA tools designer/coordinator
Philippe Makowski France QA tester
Paul Reeves France Win32 installers and builds
Mark Rotteveel The Nether-
lands
Jaybird implementor and co-coordinator
Jiri Cincura Czech Re-
public
Developer and coordinator of .NET providers
Alexander Potapchenko Russian
Federation
Developer and coordinator of ODBC/JDBC driver for Fire-
bird
Stephen Boyd Canada GPRE contributions
Alexey Kovyazin Russian
Federation
Website coordinator
Paul Vinkenoog The Nether-
lands
Coordinator, Firebird documentation project; documentation
writer and tools developer/implementor
Norman Dunbar U.K. Documentation writer
Firebird 3.0 Project Teams
237
Developer Country Major Tasks
Pavel Menshchikov Russian
Federation
Documentation translator
Tomneko Hayashi Japan Documentation translator
Umberto (Mimmo) Masotti Italy Documentation translator
Helen Borrie Australia Release notes editor; Chief of Thought Police
238
Appendix A:
Licence Notice
The contents of this Documentation are subject to the Public Documentation License Version 1.0 (the “Li-
cense”); you may only use this Documentation if you comply with the terms of this Licence. Copies of the
Licence are available at http://www.firebirdsql.org/pdfmanual/pdl.pdf (PDF) and http://www.firebirdsql.org/
manual/pdl.html (HTML).
The Original Documentation is entitled Firebird 3.0 Release Notes.
The Initial Writer of the Original Documentation is: Helen Borrie. Persons named in attributions are Contrib-
utors.
Copyright (C) 2004-2015. All Rights Reserved. Initial Writer contact: helebor at users dot sourceforge dot net.
